]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14525 5303))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
155
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
161
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
174
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
181
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
187
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
190
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
193
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
196
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
202
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
204
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
209
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
211
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
215
216 ;;;***
217 \f
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
222
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
233
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
242
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
255
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
259
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
263
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
278
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
283
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
286
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
289
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
292
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
297
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
304
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
306
307 ;;;***
308 \f
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
313
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
321
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
325
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
330
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
342
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
345
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
350
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
361
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
380
381 ;;;***
382 \f
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14488 16438))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
387
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
396
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
398
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
400
401 ;;;***
402 \f
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
406
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
414
415 ;;;***
416 \f
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14517 9487))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
422
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
427
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
430
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
433
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
436
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
439
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
442
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
445
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
449
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
456
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
458
459 ;;;***
460 \f
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
463 ;;;;;; 43647))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
465
466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
468
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
470
471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
474 normal variables." t nil)
475
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
477
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
481 noninteractive functions.
482
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
485
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
491
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
497
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
502 bindings.
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
504
505 ;;;***
506 \f
507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14447
508 ;;;;;; 15307))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
510
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
517
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
520 archive.
521
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
528
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
530 Major mode for editing arrays.
531
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
535
536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
537
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
541
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
546 The variables are:
547
548 Variables you assign:
549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
554 row numbers in the buffer.
555
556 Variables which are calculated:
557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
559
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
561 take a numeric prefix argument):
562
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
567
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
572
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
577
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
579 between that of point and mark.
580
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
583
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
587 newlines inside rows)
588
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
590
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
592
593 ;;;***
594 \f
595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
596 ;;;;;; 393))
597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
598
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
602
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
607
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
610
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
613
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
615
616 Special commands:
617 \\{asm-mode-map}
618 " t nil)
619
620 ;;;***
621 \f
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
623 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
625
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
627 Obsolete.")
628
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
630 This command is obsolete." t nil)
631
632 ;;;***
633 \f
634 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
635 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
637
638 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
639 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
640
641 ;;;***
642 \f
643 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
644 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
645 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
646
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
648 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
649 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
650
651 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
655
656 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
657 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
658 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
659 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
660
661 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
662 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
663
664 ;;;***
665 \f
666 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
667 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
668 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
670
671 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
672 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
673 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
674
675 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
676 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
677 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
678
679 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
680 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
681 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
682
683 ;;;***
684 \f
685 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
686 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
687 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
688 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
689
690 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
691 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
692
693 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
694 instead.")
695
696 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
697 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
698
699 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
700 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
701
702 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
703
704 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
705
706 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
707 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
708
709 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
710 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
711 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
712
713 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
714 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
715
716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
717 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
718
719 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
720 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
721
722 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
723 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
724 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
725
726 ;;;***
727 \f
728 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
729 ;;;;;; 35271))
730 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
731
732 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
733 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
734 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
735 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
736
737 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
738 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
739 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
740
741 Effects of the different modes:
742 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
743 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
744 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
745 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
746 a random distance & direction.
747 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
748 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
749 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
750
751 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
752
753 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
754 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
755 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
756
757 ;;;***
758 \f
759 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
760 ;;;;;; 39413))
761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
762
763 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
764 Major mode for editing AWK code.
765 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
766 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
767 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
768
769 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
770 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
771
772 ;;;***
773 \f
774 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
775 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
777
778 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
779 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
780
781 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
782 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
783
784 For example:
785
786 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
787 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
788 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
789 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
790
791 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
792
793 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
794
795 ;;;***
796 \f
797 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
798 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
800
801 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
805
806 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
807 Display battery status information in the mode line.
808 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
809 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
810 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
811 seconds." t nil)
812
813 ;;;***
814 \f
815 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
816 ;;;;;; 9460))
817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
818
819 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
820 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
821
822 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
823 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
824 version information already added. You just need to add a description
825 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
826 message.
827
828
829 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
830
831 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
832 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
833 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
834 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
835 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
836
837 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
838 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
839 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
840 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
841 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
842 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
843
844 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
845 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
846 BibTeX mode.
847
848
849 Special information:
850
851 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
852
853 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
854 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
855 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
856 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
857 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
858 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
859 current field.
860 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
861 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
862
863 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
864 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
865 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
866 bibtex-entry-format.
867 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
868 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
869 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
870
871 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
872 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
873
874 The following may be of interest as well:
875
876 Functions:
877 bibtex-entry
878 bibtex-kill-entry
879 bibtex-yank-pop
880 bibtex-pop-previous
881 bibtex-pop-next
882 bibtex-complete-string
883 bibtex-complete-key
884 bibtex-print-help-message
885 bibtex-generate-autokey
886 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
887 bibtex-end-of-entry
888 bibtex-reposition-window
889 bibtex-mark-entry
890 bibtex-ispell-abstract
891 bibtex-ispell-entry
892 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
893 bibtex-sort-buffer
894 bibtex-validate
895 bibtex-count
896 bibtex-fill-entry
897 bibtex-reformat
898 bibtex-convert-alien
899
900 Variables:
901 bibtex-field-delimiters
902 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
903 bibtex-include-OPTkey
904 bibtex-user-optional-fields
905 bibtex-entry-format
906 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
907 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
908 bibtex-entry-field-alist
909 bibtex-predefined-strings
910 bibtex-string-files
911
912 ---------------------------------------------------------
913 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
914 non-nil.
915
916 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
917
918 ;;;***
919 \f
920 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
921 ;;;;;; 27947))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
923
924 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
925 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
926 the default is 4.
927
928 What is blackbox?
929
930 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
931 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
932 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
933 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
934 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
935 your score.
936
937 Overview of play:
938
939 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
940 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
941 four.
942
943 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
944 movement keys.
945
946 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
947 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
948
949 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
950 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
951
952 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
953 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
954 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
955 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
956 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
957 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
958
959 Details:
960
961 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
962
963 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
964 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
965 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
966 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
967
968 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
969 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
970 denoted by the letter `R'.
971
972 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
973 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
974 denoted by the letter `H'.
975
976 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
977 example.
978
979 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
980 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
981 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
982 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
983 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
984 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
985 ray.
986
987 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
988 degree deflection it causes.
989
990 1
991 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
992 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
993 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
994 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
995 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
996 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
997 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
998 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
999 2 3
1000
1001 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1002 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1003
1004
1005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1006 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1007 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1008 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1009 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1011 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1012 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1013
1014 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1015 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1016 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1017 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1018 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1019 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1020 emerging from the box.
1021
1022 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1023
1024 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1025 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1026 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1027 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1028 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1029 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1030 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1031 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1032
1033 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1034 a reflection." t nil)
1035
1036 ;;;***
1037 \f
1038 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1039 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1040 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1041 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1042 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1043 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1045 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1046 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1047 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1048
1049 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1050 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1051 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1052 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1053 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1054 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1055
1056 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1057
1058 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1059
1060 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1061
1062 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1063
1064 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1065
1066 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1067
1068 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1069
1070 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1071
1072 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1073
1074 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1075
1076 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1077
1078 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1079
1080 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1081
1082 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1083
1084 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1085 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1086 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1087 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1088 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1089 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1090 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1091 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1092 recent one.
1093
1094 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1095 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1096 yank successive words.
1097
1098 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1099 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1100 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1101 name of the file being visited.
1102
1103 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1104 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1105 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1106
1107 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1108 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1109 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1110 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1111 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1112 this.
1113
1114 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1115 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1116 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1117 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1118
1119 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1120 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1121 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1122 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1123 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1124
1125 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1126 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1127 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1128 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1129
1130 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1131
1132 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1133 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1134 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1135 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1136
1137 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1138 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1139 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1140
1141 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1142 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1143 name." t nil)
1144
1145 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1146 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1147 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1148 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1149 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1150 this." t nil)
1151
1152 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1153 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1154 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1155 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1156 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1157 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1158 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1159 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1160
1161 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1162 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1163 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1164
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1166 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1167 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1168 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1169 \(second argument).
1170
1171 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1172 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1173 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1174 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1175 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1176
1177 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1178 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1179 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1180 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1181
1182 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1183 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1184 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1185 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1186 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1187 while loading.
1188
1189 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1190 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1191 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1192 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1193 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1194 explicitly.
1195
1196 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1197 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1198 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1199 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1200
1201 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1202 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1203 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1204 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1205 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1206
1207 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1208
1209 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1210
1211 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1212 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1213 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1214 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1215 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1216 this.
1217
1218 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1219 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1220 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1221
1222 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1223 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1224 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1225 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1226 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1227 this.
1228
1229 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1230 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1231 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1232
1233 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1234 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1235 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1236
1237 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1238 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1239 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1240
1241 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1242 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1243 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1244 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1245 prompts for NEWNAME.
1246 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1247 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1248 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1249
1250 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1251 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1252 name.
1253
1254 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1255 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1256 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1257
1258 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1259 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1260 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1261 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1262 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1263 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1264
1265 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1266 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1267 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1268
1269 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1270
1271 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1272
1273 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1274
1275 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1276
1277 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1278
1279 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1280
1281 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1282
1283 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1284
1285 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1286
1287 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1288
1289 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1290
1291 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1292
1293 ;;;***
1294 \f
1295 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1296 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1297 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1298 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1299 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1300 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1301 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1302 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
1303 ;;;;;; (14477 53252))
1304 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
1305
1306 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1307 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1308 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1309 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1310
1311 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1312 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1313 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1314 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1315 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1316
1317 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1318 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1319 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1320 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1321 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1322
1323 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1324 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1325
1326 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1327 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1328 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1329
1330 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1331 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1332
1333 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1334 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1335 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1336 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1337 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1338 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1339
1340 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1341 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1342 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1343 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1344 narrowed." t nil)
1345
1346 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1348
1349 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1351
1352 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1353 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1354 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1355 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1356
1357 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1358 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1359 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1361
1362 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1363 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1364 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1365 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1366 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1367 to use." t nil)
1368
1369 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1370 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1371
1372 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1373 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1374
1375 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1376 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1377 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1378 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1379
1380 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1381 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1382
1383 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1384 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1385
1386 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1387 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1388 program is invoked according to the variable
1389 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1390
1391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1392 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1395
1396 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1397 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1398
1399 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1400 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1401 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1402
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1404 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1405 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1406 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1407
1408 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1410 Default to the URL around or before point.
1411
1412 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1413 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1414 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1415
1416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1417 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1420
1421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1423
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1425 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1426 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1427
1428 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1429 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1430 Default to the URL around or before point.
1431
1432 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1433 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1434 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1435
1436 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1437 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1438
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1440 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1441 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1442 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1443
1444 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1445 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1446 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1447 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1448 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1449
1450 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1451 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1452 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1453 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1454
1455 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1456 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1457 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1458 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1459
1460 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1461 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1462
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1464 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1465 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1466
1467 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1468 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1469 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1470 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1471 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1472 current one.
1473
1474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1475 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1476 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1477 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1478
1479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1481
1482 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1483 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1484 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1485 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1486 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1487 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1488
1489 ;;;***
1490 \f
1491 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1492 ;;;;;; 42538))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1494
1495 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1496 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1497
1498 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1499 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1500
1501 ;;;***
1502 \f
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1504 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1506
1507 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1508 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1509 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1510 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1511
1512 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1513 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1514 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1515 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1516
1517 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1518 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1519
1520 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1521 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1522 \\<bs-mode-map>
1523 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1524 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1525 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1526 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1527
1528 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1529 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1530 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1531 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1532 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1533
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1537 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1538 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1539 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14534 23874))
1540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1541
1542 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1543 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1544 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1545
1546 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1547 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1548 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1549 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1550
1551 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1552 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1553 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1554 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1555
1556 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1557
1558 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1559 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1560
1561 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1562 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1563 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1564 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1565 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1566
1567 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1568 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1569 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1570 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1571
1572 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1573 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1574 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1575
1576 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1577 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1578 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1579 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1580 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1581 all functions called by those functions.
1582
1583 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1584 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1585 cons, etc.).
1586
1587 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1588 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1589 invoked interactively." t nil)
1590
1591 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1592 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1593 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1594 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1595 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1596 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1597
1598 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1599 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1600 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1601 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1606 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1607
1608 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1609
1610 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1611
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1615 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1617
1618 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1619 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1620 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1621 from the cursor position." t nil)
1622
1623 ;;;***
1624 \f
1625 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1626 ;;;;;; 60346))
1627 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1628
1629 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1630 Run the pocket calculator.
1631 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634 \f
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1636 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1637 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1638 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1639 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1640 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1641 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1642 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1643 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1644 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1645 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1646 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1647 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1648 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1649 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1650 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1651 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1653
1654 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1655 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1656 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1657
1658 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1659 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1660 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1661 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1662 the screen.")
1663
1664 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1665 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1666 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1667 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1668 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1669
1670 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1671 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1672 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1673 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1674 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1675 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1676 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1677
1678 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1679 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1680 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1681 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1682 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1683
1684 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1685 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1686 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1687
1688 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1689 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1690 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1691
1692 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1693 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1694 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1695
1696 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1697 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1698 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1699 displayed.")
1700
1701 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1702 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1703 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1704
1705 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1706 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1707 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1708
1709 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1710
1711 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1712 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1713 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1714
1715 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1716 calendar.")
1717
1718 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1719 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1720 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1721
1722 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1723 calendar.")
1724
1725 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1726 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1727 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1728
1729 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1730 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1731 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1732 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1733 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1734
1735 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1736 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1737 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1738 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1739 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1740 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1741 a function is also provided for this:
1742 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1743
1744 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1745 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1746 date is not visible in the window.
1747
1748 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1749 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1750 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1751
1752 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1753 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1754
1755 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1756 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1757 date is visible in the window.
1758
1759 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1760 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1761 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1762
1763 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1764 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1765
1766 For example,
1767
1768 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1769
1770 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1771
1772 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1773 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1774
1775 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1776
1777 MONTH/DAY
1778 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1779 MONTHNAME DAY
1780 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1781 DAYNAME
1782
1783 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1784 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1785 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1786 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1787 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1788 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1789 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1790 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1791 respectively.
1792
1793 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1794 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1795 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1796
1797 DAY/MONTH
1798 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1799 DAY MONTHNAME
1800 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1801 DAYNAME
1802
1803 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1804 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1805
1806 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1807 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1808 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1809 window but will appear in a diary window.
1810
1811 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1812 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1813
1814 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1815 entries (in the default American style):
1816
1817 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1818 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1819 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1820 21: Payday
1821 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1822 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1823 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1824 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1825 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1826 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1827 &* 15 time cards due.
1828
1829 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1830 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1831 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1832 single diary entry
1833
1834 02/11/1989
1835 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1836 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1837 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1838 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1839 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1840 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1841
1842 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1843 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1844 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1845
1846 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1847
1848 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1849
1850 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1851 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1852 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1853 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1854 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1855 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1856 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1857 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1858 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1859
1860 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1861 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1862 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1863 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1864 for these functions for details.
1865
1866 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1867 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1868
1869 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1870 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1871
1872 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1873 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1874
1875 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1876 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1877
1878 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1879 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1880 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1881
1882 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1883 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1884 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1885
1886 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1887 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1888 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1889 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1890
1891 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1892 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1893 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1894 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1895
1896 DAY/MONTH
1897 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1898 DAY MONTHNAME
1899 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1900 DAYNAME
1901
1902 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1903 characters with or without a period.")
1904
1905 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1906 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1907 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1908
1909 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1910 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1911 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1912
1913 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1914 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1915 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1916
1917 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1918 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1919 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1920
1921 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1922 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1923 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1924 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1925 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1926 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1927
1928 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1929 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1930 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1931
1932 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1933 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1934 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1935 of the form
1936
1937 #include \"filename\"
1938
1939 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1940 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1941 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1942 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1943 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1944
1945 For example, you could use
1946
1947 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1948 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1949 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1950
1951 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1952 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1953 lexicographic order.")
1954
1955 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1956 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1957 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1958
1959 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1960 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1961 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1962 diary display.
1963
1964 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1965 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1966 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1967 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1968 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1969 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1970 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1971
1972 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1973 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1974 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1975 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1976 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1977 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1978 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1979 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1980
1981 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1982 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1983 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1984 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1985 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1986 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1987
1988 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1989 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
1990
1991 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
1992 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
1993 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1994 of the form
1995 #include \"filename\"
1996 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1997 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
1998 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
1999 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2000 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2001
2002 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2003 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2004 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2005 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2006 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2007 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2008
2009 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2010 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2011 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2012 are holidays.")
2013
2014 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2015 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2016 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2017 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2018 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2019
2020 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2021
2022 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2023 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2024 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2025
2026 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2027
2028 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2029 *Oriental holidays.
2030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2031
2032 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2033
2034 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2035 *Local holidays.
2036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2037
2038 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2039
2040 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2041 *User defined holidays.
2042 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2043
2044 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2045
2046 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2047
2048 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2049
2050 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2051
2052 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2053
2054 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2055
2056 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2057
2058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2059
2060 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2061
2062 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2063 *Jewish holidays.
2064 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2065
2066 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2067
2068 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2069 *Christian holidays.
2070 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2071
2072 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2073
2074 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2075 *Islamic holidays.
2076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2077
2078 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2079
2080 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2081 *Sun-related holidays.
2082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2083
2084 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2085
2086 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2087 The frame set up of the calendar.
2088 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2089 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2090 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2091 any other value the current frame is used.")
2092
2093 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2094 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2095 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2096
2097 ;;;***
2098 \f
2099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2101
2102 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2103 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2104
2105 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2106 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2107
2108 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2109 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2110
2111 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2112 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2113
2114 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2115 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2116
2117 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2118 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2119
2120 ;;;***
2121 \f
2122 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2123 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2124 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2126
2127 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2128
2129 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2130 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2131 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2132 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2133 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2134 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2135
2136 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2137
2138 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2139 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2140 run first.
2141
2142 Key bindings:
2143 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2146 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2147 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2148 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2149 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2150 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2151 message.
2152
2153 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2154
2155 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2156 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2157 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2158
2159 Key bindings:
2160 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2161
2162 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2163 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2164 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2165 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2166 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2167 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2168 message.
2169
2170 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2171
2172 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2173 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2174 is run first.
2175
2176 Key bindings:
2177 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2180 Major mode for editing Java code.
2181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2182 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2183 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2184 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2185 message.
2186
2187 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2188
2189 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2190 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2191 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2192 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2193 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2194
2195 Key bindings:
2196 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2197
2198 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2199 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2200 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2201 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2202 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2203 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2204 message.
2205
2206 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2207
2208 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2209 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2210 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2211
2212 Key bindings:
2213 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2214
2215 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2216 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2218 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2221 message.
2222
2223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2224
2225 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2226 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2227 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2228
2229 Key bindings:
2230 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2231
2232 ;;;***
2233 \f
2234 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2235 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2237
2238 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2239 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2240 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2241 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2242 for details of setting up styles.
2243
2244 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2245 style name.
2246
2247 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2248 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2249 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2250 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2251 will be reassigned.
2252
2253 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2254 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2255 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2256
2257 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2258 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2259 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2260 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2261
2262 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2263
2264 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2265 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2266 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2267
2268 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2269 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2270 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2271 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2272 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2273
2274 ;;;***
2275 \f
2276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2278
2279 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2280 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2281 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2282 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2283 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2284
2285 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2286 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2287
2288 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2289 `infodock'.")
2290
2291 ;;;***
2292 \f
2293 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2294 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2295 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
2296 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2297
2298 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2299 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2300
2301 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2302 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2303
2304 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2305 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2306
2307 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2308 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2309 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2310 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2311 execution.
2312
2313 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2314
2315 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2316 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2317 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2318 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2319
2320 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2321 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2322 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2323 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2324 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2325 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2326
2327 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2328 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2329 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2330
2331 ;;;***
2332 \f
2333 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2334 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2335 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2336 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2337 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2338 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2339 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2340 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2341 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2343
2344 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2345 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2346 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2347 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2350 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2351 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2352 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2353 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2354 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2355 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2356 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2359 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2360 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2361 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2362 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2363 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2364 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2365 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2368 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2369 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2370 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2371 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2374 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2375 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2376 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2377 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2380 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2381 Only documentation strings are checked.
2382 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2383 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2384 a separate buffer." t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2387 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2388 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2389 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2390 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2393 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2394 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2395 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2396 if there is one.
2397 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2400 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2401 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2402
2403 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2404 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2405 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2406 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2407 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2410 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2411 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2412 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2413 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2414 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2415
2416 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2417 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2418 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2419 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2420
2421 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2422 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2423 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2424 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2427 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2428 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2429 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2433 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2434 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2450
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2463 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2464
2465 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2466 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2467 checking of documentation strings.
2468
2469 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2470
2471 ;;;***
2472 \f
2473 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2474 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2475 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2476 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2477 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2478
2479 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2480 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2481
2482 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2483 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2484
2485 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2486 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2489 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2490 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2493 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2494
2495 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2496 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2497 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2500 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2501
2502 ;;;***
2503 \f
2504 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2505 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2506 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2507
2508 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2509 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2510 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2511 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2512 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2513 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2514
2515 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2516 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2517 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2518 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2519 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2520
2521 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2522
2523 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2524 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2525 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2526 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2527 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2528
2529 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2530 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2531 \\{command-history-map}
2532
2533 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2534 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2535
2536 ;;;***
2537 \f
2538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2540
2541 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2542 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2543 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2544 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2545 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2546 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2547
2548 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2549 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2550
2551 ;;;***
2552 \f
2553 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2554 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2556
2557 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2558
2559 ;;;***
2560 \f
2561 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2562 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2564
2565 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2566 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2567 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2568 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2569
2570 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2571 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2572 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2573
2574 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2575 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2576
2577 ;;;***
2578 \f
2579 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2580 ;;;;;; 44845))
2581 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2582
2583 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2584 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2585 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2586 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2587 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2588 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2590 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2591
2592 ;;;***
2593 \f
2594 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2595 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2596 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2598
2599 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2600 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2601 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2602 ASCII table.
2603
2604 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2605 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2606 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2607 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2608
2609 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2610 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2611 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2612
2613 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2614 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2615 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2616
2617 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2618 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2619 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2620
2621 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2622 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2623
2624 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2625 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2626 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2627
2628 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2629 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2630
2631 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2632 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2633
2634 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2635 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2636 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2637
2638 ;;;***
2639 \f
2640 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2641 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2642 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2643 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2644
2645 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2646 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2647 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2648 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2649 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2650 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2651 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2652 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2653
2654 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2655
2656 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2657 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2658 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2659 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2660 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2661 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2662
2663 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2664 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2665 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2666
2667 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2668
2669 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2670 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2671 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2672
2673 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2674
2675 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2676 Send COMMAND to current process.
2677 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2678 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2681 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2682 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2683 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2684
2685 ;;;***
2686 \f
2687 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2688 ;;;;;; 18289))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2690
2691 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2692 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2693 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2694 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2695
2696 This command pushes the mark in each window
2697 at the prior location of point in that window.
2698 If both windows display the same buffer,
2699 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2700 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2701
2702 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2703 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2704 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2709 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2710 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2711 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2713
2714 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2715 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2716
2717 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2718 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2719
2720 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2721 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2722 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2723 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2724 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2725
2726 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2727 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2728 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2729 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2730 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2731
2732 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2733 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2734 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2735 describing how the process finished.")
2736
2737 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2738 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2739 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2740 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2741
2742 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2743 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2744 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2745
2746 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2747 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2748 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2749 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2750
2751 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2752 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2753 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2754 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2755
2756 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2757 and move to the source code that caused it.
2758
2759 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2760 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2761
2762 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2763 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2764 Then start the next one.
2765
2766 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2767 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2768 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2771 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2772 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2773 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2774 where grep found matches.
2775
2776 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2777 easily repeat a grep command.
2778
2779 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2780 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2781 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2782 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2783
2784 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2785 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2786 Collect output in a buffer.
2787 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2788 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2789
2790 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2791 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2792
2793 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2794 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2795 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2796 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2797 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2798
2799 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2800
2801 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2802 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2803 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2804 See `compilation-mode'.
2805 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2808 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2809 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2810 See `compilation-mode'.
2811 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2814 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2815
2816 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2817 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2818
2819 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2820 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2821 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2822 and start at the first error.
2823
2824 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2825 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2826 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2827 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2828 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2829 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2830
2831 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2832 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2833 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2834
2835 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2836 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2837 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2842 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2844
2845 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2846 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2847 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2848
2849 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2850 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2851 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2852 as much as possible.
2853
2854 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2855 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2856 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2857 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2858
2859 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2860 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2861 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2862 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2867 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2869
2870 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2871 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2872
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2876 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2877 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2878 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2879 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2880
2881 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2882 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2883 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2884 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2885 `make-composition'.
2886
2887 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2888
2889 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2890 | | 1:tc or top-center
2891 | | 2:tr or top-right
2892 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2893 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2894 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2895 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2896 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2897 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2898
2899 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2900 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2901 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2902 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2903 be added.
2904
2905 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2906 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2907 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2908
2909 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2910 | | |
2911 | global| |
2912 | glyph | |
2913 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2914 +----+--*--+
2915 | | new |
2916 | |glyph|
2917 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2918 ")
2919
2920 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2921 Compose characters in the current region.
2922
2923 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2924
2925 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2926 specifying the region.
2927
2928 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2929 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2930
2931 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2932 of the text in the region.
2933
2934 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2935
2936 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2937 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2938 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2939 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2940
2941 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2942 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2943 detail.
2944
2945 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2946 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2947 text in the composition." t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2950 Decompose text in the current region.
2951
2952 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2953 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2954
2955 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2956 Compose characters in string STRING.
2957
2958 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2959 the characters in it.
2960
2961 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2962 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2963 STRING respectively.
2964
2965 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2966 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2967 `compose-region' for more detail.
2968
2969 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2970 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2971 text in the composition." nil nil)
2972
2973 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2974 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2975
2976 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2977 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2978 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2979 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
2980 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
2981 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
2982 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
2983 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
2984
2985 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
2986 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
2987
2988 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
2989 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
2990
2991 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
2992 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
2993
2994 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
2995 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
2996
2997 If no composition is found, return nil.
2998
2999 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3000 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3001
3002 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3003 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3004 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3005
3006 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3007
3008 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3009
3010 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3011 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3012 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3013
3014 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3015
3016 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3017 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3018
3019 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3020 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3021
3022 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3023 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3024 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3025 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3026 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3027
3028 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3029 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3030
3031 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3032 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3033
3034 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3035 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3036 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3037 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3038 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3039 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3040 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3041 nil.
3042
3043 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3044 is:
3045 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3046 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3047
3048 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3049
3050 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3051
3052 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3053 Compose last characters.
3054 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3055 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3056 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3057 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3058 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3059 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3060 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3063 Convert CHAR to string.
3064 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3065
3066 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3067 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3068 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3069
3070 ;;;***
3071 \f
3072 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3073 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3075
3076 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3077 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3078 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3079
3080 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3081 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3082 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3083
3084 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3085 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3086 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3087 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3088
3089 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3090 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3091
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3095 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3097
3098 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3099 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3100 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3101 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3102 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3103 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3104
3105 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3106 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3107
3108 ;;;***
3109 \f
3110 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3111 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3113
3114 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3115 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3116 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3117 Tab indents for Perl code.
3118 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3119 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3120
3121 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3122 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3123 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3124 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3125 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3126 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3127 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3128 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3129 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3130 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3131 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3132 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3133
3134 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3135
3136 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3137 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3138
3139 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3140
3141 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3142 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3143 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3144 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3145 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3146 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3147 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3148 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3149 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3150
3151 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3152
3153 bite if angry;
3154
3155 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3156 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3157 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3158 to nil.)
3159
3160 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3161 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3162 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3163
3164 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3165
3166 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3167 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3168 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3169 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3170 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3171
3172 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3173
3174 if (A) { B }
3175
3176 into
3177
3178 B if A;
3179
3180 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3181
3182 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3183 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3184 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3185 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3186 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3187 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3188 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3189 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3190 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3191 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3192 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3193 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3194 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3195
3196 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3197 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3198 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3199 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3200 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3201 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3202
3203 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3204 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3205 man via menu.
3206
3207 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3208 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3209 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3210 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3211 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3212
3213 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3214 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3215 span the needed amount of lines.
3216
3217 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3218 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3219 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3220 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3221
3222 Variables controlling indentation style:
3223 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3224 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3225 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3226 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3227 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3228 `cperl-auto-newline'
3229 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3230 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3231 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3232 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3233 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3234 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3235 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3236 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3237 `cperl-indent-level'
3238 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3239 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3240 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3241 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3242 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3243 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3244 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3245 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3246 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3247 `cperl-brace-offset'
3248 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3249 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3250 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3251 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3252 `cperl-label-offset'
3253 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3254 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3255 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3256
3257 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3258 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3259 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3260 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3261 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3262
3263 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3264 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3265 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3266 \(both available from menu).
3267
3268 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3269 column 0 is indented on
3270 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3271
3272 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3273 with no args.
3274
3275 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3276 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3277 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3278
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3282 ;;;;;; (13826 9529))
3283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3284
3285 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3286 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3287 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3288 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3289 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3290
3291 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3292 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3293
3294 ;;;***
3295 \f
3296 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3297 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3299
3300 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3301 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3302 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3303 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3304
3305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3306 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3307
3308 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3309
3310 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3311
3312 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3313 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3314 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3315
3316 ;;;***
3317 \f
3318 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3319 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3320 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3321 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3322 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3323 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3324 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3325 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3326 ;;;;;; (14505 58892))
3327 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3328 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3329
3330 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3331 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3332
3333 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3334 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3335
3336 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3337 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3338
3339 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3340
3341 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3342 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3343
3344 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3345 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3346
3347 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3348 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3349
3350 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3351 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3352
3353 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3354 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3355
3356 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3357
3358 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3359 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3360 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3361 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3362
3363 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3364 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3365
3366 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3367 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3368
3369 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3370 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3371
3372 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3373
3374 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3375 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3376 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3377 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3378 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3379
3380 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3381 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3382
3383 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3384 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3385
3386 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3387
3388 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3389 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3390
3391 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3392 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3393 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3394 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3395 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3396
3397 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3398 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3399 version." t nil)
3400
3401 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3402
3403 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3404 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3405 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3406
3407 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3408 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3409 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3410
3411 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3412 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
3413
3414 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3415 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3416
3417 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3418 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3419
3420 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3421 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3422 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3423 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3424 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3425 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3426 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3427
3428 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3429 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3430 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3431
3432 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3433 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3434
3435 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3436 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3437
3438 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3439 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3440 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3441 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3442 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3443 that option." nil nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3446 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3447 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3448 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3449 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3450 that option." nil nil)
3451
3452 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3453 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3454
3455 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3456 File used for storing customization information.
3457 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3458 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3459 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3460
3461 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3462 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3463 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3464 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3465
3466 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3467 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3468
3469 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3470 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3471
3472 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3473 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3474 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3475
3476 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3477 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3478 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3479 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3480 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3481
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3485 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3487
3488 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3489 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3490
3491 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3492 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3493 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3494
3495 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3496
3497 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3498 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3499 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3500
3501 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3502
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3506 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3508
3509 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3510 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3511
3512 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3513 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3514 C++ modes are included.
3515
3516 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3517
3518 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3519 Turn on CWarn mode.
3520
3521 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3522 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3523
3524 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3525 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3526
3527 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3528
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3532 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3533 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3534 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3535 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3536
3537 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3538 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3539
3540 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3541 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3542
3543 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3544 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3545
3546 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3547 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3548
3549 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3550 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3551
3552 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3554 For readability, the table is slightly
3555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3556
3557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3559 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3562
3563 ;;;***
3564 \f
3565 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3566 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3567 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3568
3569 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3570
3571 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3572
3573 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3574 Completion on current word.
3575 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3576 and presents suggestions for completion.
3577
3578 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3579 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3580 completions.
3581
3582 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3583 then it searches *all* buffers.
3584
3585 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3586 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3587
3588 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3589 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3590
3591 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3592 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3593 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3594 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3595 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3596
3597 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3598 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3599
3600 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3601 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3602 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3603
3604 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3605 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3606
3607 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3608
3609 ;;;***
3610 \f
3611 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3612 ;;;;;; 38927))
3613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3614
3615 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3616 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3617
3618 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3619 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3620 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3621
3622 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3623 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3624 Data lines are not indented.
3625
3626 Key bindings:
3627
3628 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3629 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3630
3631 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3632 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3633 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3634 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3635
3636 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3637
3638 dcl-basic-offset
3639 Extra indentation within blocks.
3640
3641 dcl-continuation-offset
3642 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3643
3644 dcl-margin-offset
3645 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3646
3647 dcl-margin-label-offset
3648 Indentation for a label.
3649
3650 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3651 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3652
3653 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3654 dcl-block-end-regexp
3655 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3656 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3657 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3658 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3659 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3660
3661 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3662 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3663 Two such functions are included in the package:
3664 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3665 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3666
3667 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3668 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3669 One such function is included in the package:
3670 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3671
3672 dcl-tab-always-indent
3673 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3674 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3675 margin.
3676
3677 dcl-electric-characters
3678 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3679 typed.
3680
3681 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3682 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3683 which words trigger electric indentation.
3684
3685 dcl-tempo-comma
3686 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3687 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3688 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3689
3690 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3691 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3692 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3693 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3694
3695 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3696 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3697 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3698 dcl-imenu-label-call
3699 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3700
3701 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3702 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3703 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3704 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3705
3706
3707 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3708
3709 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3710 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3711 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3712 $ i = 1
3713 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3714 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3715 $ label:
3716 $ if i.eq.1
3717 $ then
3718 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3719 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3720 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3721 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3722 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3723 \"lined up with the command line\"
3724 $ type sys$input
3725 Data lines are not indented at all.
3726 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3727 $ endif
3728 $
3729 " t nil)
3730
3731 ;;;***
3732 \f
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3734 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14432 49602))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3736
3737 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3738
3739 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3740 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3741 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3742 of the evaluator.
3743
3744 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3745 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3746 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3750 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3751 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3752 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3753 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3754 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3757 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3758 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3759
3760 ;;;***
3761 \f
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3763 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3765
3766 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3767 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3768
3769 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3770 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3771 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3772 Upper-case letters are commands.
3773
3774 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3775 modify it.
3776
3777 The most useful commands are:
3778 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3779 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3780 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3781 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3782 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3783 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3784
3785 ;;;***
3786 \f
3787 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3788 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3790
3791 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3792 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3793
3794 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3795
3796 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3797 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3798
3799 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3800
3801 ;;;***
3802 \f
3803 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3804 ;;;;;; 12112))
3805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3806
3807 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3808 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3809 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3810 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3811 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3812 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3813
3814 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3815
3816 Customization:
3817
3818 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3819 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3820 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3821 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3822 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3823 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3824 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3825 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3826 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3827 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3828 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3829 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3830 blank line.
3831 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3832 Directories to search when finding external units.
3833 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3834 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3835
3836 Coloring:
3837
3838 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3839 Face used to color delphi comments.
3840 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3841 Face used to color delphi strings.
3842 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3843 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3844 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3845 Face used to color everything else.
3846
3847 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3848 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3849
3850 ;;;***
3851 \f
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3853 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3855
3856 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3857
3858 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3859 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3860 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3861 positive.
3862
3863 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3864 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3865 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3866 any selection." t nil)
3867
3868 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3869 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3870 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3872 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3873
3874 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3875
3876 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3877
3878 ;;;***
3879 \f
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3881 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534))
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3883
3884 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3885 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3886
3887 The arguments to this command are as follow:
3888
3889 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3890 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
3891 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
3892 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3893 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3894 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3895 hooks for the new mode.
3896
3897 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3898
3899 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3900
3901 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3902 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3903 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3904
3905 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
3906 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3907
3908 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3909 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3910 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3911
3912 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3913 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3914
3915 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3916 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3917 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3918 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3919 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3920
3921 ;;;***
3922 \f
3923 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3924 ;;;;;; (14495 17963))
3925 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3926
3927 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3928 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3929 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3930
3931 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3932 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3933 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3934 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3935
3936 ;;;***
3937 \f
3938 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3939 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3940 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3941 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3942 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3943 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3944 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3945 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3946 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3947
3948 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3949 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3950
3951 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3952 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3953 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3954
3955 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3956 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3957 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3958
3959 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3960 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3961 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3962 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3965 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3966 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3967 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3970 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3971
3972 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3973 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3974 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3977 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3978
3979 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3982
3983 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3984
3985 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3986 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
3991 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
3994
3995 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3998
3999 ;;;***
4000 \f
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (14523 49787))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4004
4005 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4006 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4007 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4008 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4009 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4010
4011 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4012 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4013 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4014
4015 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4016 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4017 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4018 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4019
4020 #!/bin/sh
4021 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4022 emacs -batch \\
4023 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4024 european-calendar-style t \\
4025 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4026 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4027 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4028
4029 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4030 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4031 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4032 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4033
4034 ;;;***
4035 \f
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4037 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4038 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4039
4040 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4041 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4042
4043 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4044 *The command to use to run diff.")
4045
4046 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4047 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4048 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4049 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4050 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4051
4052 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4053 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4054 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4055 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4056 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4057
4058 ;;;***
4059 \f
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4061 ;;;;;; (14495 17964))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4063
4064 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4065 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4066 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4067 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4068 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4069 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4070
4071 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4072 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4073 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4074
4075 ;;;***
4076 \f
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4078 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4079 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4080 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4081 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14522 27392))
4082 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4083
4084 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4085 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4086 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4087 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4088 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4089
4090 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4091 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4092
4093 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4094 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4095 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4096 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4097 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4098
4099 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4100 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4101
4102 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4103 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4104 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4105 always set this variable to t.")
4106
4107 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4108 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4109 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4110 A value of t means move to first file.")
4111
4112 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4113 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4114 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4115 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4116 are afterward marked with that character.")
4117
4118 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4119 *Controls marking of copied files.
4120 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4121 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4122
4123 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4124 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4125 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4126 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4127
4128 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4129 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4130 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4131 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4132
4133 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4134 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4135 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4136 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4137
4138 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4139
4140 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4141 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4142 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4143 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4144
4145 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4146 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4147 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4148 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4149 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4150 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4151 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4152 list of files to make directory entries for.
4153 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4154 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4155 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4156 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4157
4158 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4159 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4160
4161 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4162 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4163 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4164
4165 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4166 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4167
4168 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4169 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4170
4171 ;;;***
4172 \f
4173 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4174 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4175 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4176 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4177 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4178 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4179 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4180 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4181 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4182 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4183 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4184 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4185 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4187
4188 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4189 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4190 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4191 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4192 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4193 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4194
4195 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4196 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4197 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4198 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4199 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4200 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4201
4202 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4203 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4204 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4205
4206 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4207 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4208
4209 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4210 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4211
4212 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4213 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4214 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4215 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4216
4217 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4218 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4219 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4220 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4221 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4222
4223 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4224
4225 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4226 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4227 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4228
4229 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4230 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4231 instead of att the end of the command.
4232
4233 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4234 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4235 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4236
4237 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4238 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4239
4240 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4241 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4244 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4245 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4246 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4247 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4248 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4249
4250 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4251
4252 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4253 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4254
4255 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4256 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4259 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4262 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4263 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4264 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4267
4268 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4269
4270 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4271
4272 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4273
4274 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4275
4276 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4277 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4280 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4281 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4282 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4283 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4284 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4285 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4286
4287 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4288 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4291 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4292 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4293
4294 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4295 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4296 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4297 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4298 and new hard links are made in that directory
4299 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4300
4301 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4302 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4303 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4304 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4305
4306 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4307 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4308 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4309 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4310 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4311 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4312
4313 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4314 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4315
4316 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4317 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4318 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4319
4320 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4321 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4322 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4323
4324 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4325 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4326 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4327
4328 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4329 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4332 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4333
4334 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4335 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4336 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4337 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4338 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4339 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4340 this subdirectory.
4341 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4342
4343 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4344 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4345 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4346 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4347 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4348 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4349 this subdirectory.
4350 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4351
4352 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4353 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4354 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4355
4356 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4357 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4358 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4359 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4360
4361 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4362 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4363 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4364 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4365
4366 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4367 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4368 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4369
4370 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4371 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4372
4373 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4374 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4375
4376 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4377 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4378 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4379 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4380
4381 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4382 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4383 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4384 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4385
4386 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4387 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4388 Stops when a match is found.
4389 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4392 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4393 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4394 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4395 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4396
4397 ;;;***
4398 \f
4399 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4401
4402 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4403 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4404 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4405 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4406 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4407 buffer and try again." t nil)
4408
4409 ;;;***
4410 \f
4411 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4413
4414 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4415 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4416 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4417
4418 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4419
4420 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4421 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4422
4423 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4424 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4425 " nil nil)
4426
4427 ;;;***
4428 \f
4429 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4430 ;;;;;; 9615))
4431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4432
4433 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4434 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4435 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4436 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4437 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4438 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4439
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4443 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4444 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4445 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4446 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4447 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4448
4449 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4450 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4453 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4454 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4455 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4456 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4457
4458 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4459 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4460 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4461 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4462 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4463
4464 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4465 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4466
4467 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4468 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4469
4470 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4471 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4472
4473 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4474 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4475
4476 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4477 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4478
4479 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4480 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4481 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4482 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4483
4484 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4485 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4486 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4487 X frame." nil nil)
4488
4489 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4490 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4491
4492 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4493
4494 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4495 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4496
4497 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4498 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4499 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4500 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4501
4502 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4503 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4504 European character display.
4505
4506 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4507 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4508 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4509 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4510
4511 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4512 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4513 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4514 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4515 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4516
4517 ;;;***
4518 \f
4519 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4520 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4522
4523 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4524 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4525 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4526 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4527 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4528 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4529 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4530 Default is 2." t nil)
4531
4532 ;;;***
4533 \f
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4536
4537 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4538 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4539
4540 ;;;***
4541 \f
4542 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4543 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4545
4546 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4547 Toggle Double mode.
4548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4549 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4550
4551 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4552
4553 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4554
4555 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4556 Toggle Double mode.
4557 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4558
4559 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4560 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4561
4562 ;;;***
4563 \f
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4566
4567 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4568 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4569
4570 ;;;***
4571 \f
4572 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4573 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4575
4576 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4577 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4578
4579 ;;;***
4580 \f
4581 ;;;### (autoloads (define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
4582 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
4583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4584
4585 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4586
4587 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4588 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4589 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4590 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4591
4592 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4593 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4594 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4595 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4596 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4597 in order to build a valid keymap.
4598 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4599 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4600
4601 ;;;***
4602 \f
4603 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4604 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4605 ;;;;;; 24854))
4606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4607
4608 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4609 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4610 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4611 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4612
4613 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4614 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4615
4616 :filter FUNCTION
4617
4618 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4619 menu displayed.
4620
4621 :visible INCLUDE
4622
4623 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4624 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4625
4626 :active ENABLE
4627
4628 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4629 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4630
4631 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4632
4633 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4634
4635 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4636
4637 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4638 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4639
4640 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4641 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4642
4643 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4644
4645 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4646
4647 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4648
4649 :keys KEYS
4650
4651 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4652 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4653 computed automatically.
4654 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4655
4656 :key-sequence KEYS
4657
4658 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4659 menu item.
4660 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4661 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4662 keyboard equivalent.
4663
4664 :active ENABLE
4665
4666 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4668
4669 :included INCLUDE
4670
4671 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4672 expression has a non-nil value.
4673
4674 :suffix NAME
4675
4676 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4677
4678 :style STYLE
4679
4680 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4681 defined:
4682
4683 toggle: A checkbox.
4684 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4685 radio: A radio button.
4686 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4687 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4688 menu bar itself.
4689 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4690
4691 :selected SELECTED
4692
4693 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4694 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4695
4696 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4697 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4698 as a solid horizontal line.
4699
4700 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4701
4702 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4703
4704 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4705 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4706 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4707 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4708
4709 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4710 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4711 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4712 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4713 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4714 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4715
4716 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4717 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4718 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4719
4720 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4721 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4722
4723 ;;;***
4724 \f
4725 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4726 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4727 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4728 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4729 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4731
4732 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4733 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4734
4735 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4736 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4737
4738 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4739 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4740 it to the printer.
4741
4742 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4743 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4744 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4745 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4746
4747 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4748 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4749 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4752 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4753 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4754 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4755
4756 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4759 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4760 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4761
4762 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4763
4764 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4765 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4766
4767 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4768 The EPS file name has the following form:
4769
4770 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4771
4772 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4773 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4774
4775 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4776 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4777 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4778 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4779
4780 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4781
4782 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4783 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4784
4785 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4786 The EPS file name has the following form:
4787
4788 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4789
4790 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4791 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4792
4793 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4794 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4795 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4796 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4797
4798 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4799
4800 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4801
4802 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4803 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4804
4805 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4806 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4807
4808 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4809 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4810
4811 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4812 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4813
4814 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4815 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4816
4817 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4818 Set STYLE to current style.
4819
4820 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4821
4822 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4823 Reset current style.
4824
4825 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4826
4827 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4828 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4829
4830 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4831
4832 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4833 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4834
4835 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4836
4837 ;;;***
4838 \f
4839 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4840 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4842
4843 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4844 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4845 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4846 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4847
4848 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4849 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4850 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4851
4852 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4853 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4854 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4855
4856 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4857
4858 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4859
4860 ;;;***
4861 \f
4862 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4863 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4865
4866 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4867 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4868 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4869
4870 ;;;***
4871 \f
4872 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4873 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435))
4874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4875
4876 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4877 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4878 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4879 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4880 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4881
4882 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4883 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4884 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4885 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4886
4887 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4888 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4889 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4890 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4891
4892 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4893 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4894 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4895 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4896
4897 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4898
4899 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4900 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4901 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4902 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4903 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4904
4905 ;;;***
4906 \f
4907 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4908 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4909 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4910 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4911 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4912 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4913 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4914 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4915 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4916 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
4917 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4918
4919 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4920 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4923 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4924
4925 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4926
4927 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4928
4929 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4930 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4931
4932 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4933
4934 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4935 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4936
4937 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4938
4939 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4940 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4941 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4942 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4943
4944 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4945
4946 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4947 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4948 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4949 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4950
4951 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4952
4953 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4954 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4955 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4956 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4957
4958 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4959
4960 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4961 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4962 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4963 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4964
4965 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4966
4967 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4968 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4969 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4970 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4971 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4972 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4975 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4976 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4977 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4978
4979 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
4980
4981 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4982 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
4983 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4984 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4985
4986 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
4987
4988 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
4989
4990 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
4991 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
4992 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
4993 follows:
4994 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
4995 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
4996
4997 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
4998 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
4999 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5000 follows:
5001 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5002 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5005 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5006 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5007 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5008 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5009
5010 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5011 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5012 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5013 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5014 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5015 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5016
5017 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5018
5019 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5020 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5021
5022 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5023 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5024
5025 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5026
5027 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5028 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5031 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5032
5033 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5034 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5035 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5036 buffer." t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5039 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5040 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5041 buffer." t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5044 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5045 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5046 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5049 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5050 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5051 and don't ask the user.
5052 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5053 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5054
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5056 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5057
5058 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5059
5060 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5061
5062 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5063 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5064 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5065 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5066
5067 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5068
5069 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5070 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5071 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5072
5073 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5074 Display Ediff's manual.
5075 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5076
5077 ;;;***
5078 \f
5079 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5080 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5081 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5082
5083 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5084
5085 ;;;***
5086 \f
5087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5089
5090 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5091
5092 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5093
5094 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5095
5096 ;;;***
5097 \f
5098 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5099 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5101
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5103 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5104
5105 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5106
5107 ;;;***
5108 \f
5109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5110 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5112
5113 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5114 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5115 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5116 which see." t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5119 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5120 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5121 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5122
5123 ;;;***
5124 \f
5125 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5126 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5127 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5129 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5130
5131 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5132 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5133 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5134
5135 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5136 Edit a keyboard macro.
5137 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5138 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5139 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5140 its command name.
5141 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5144 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5147 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5150 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5151 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5152 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5153 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5154 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5155
5156 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5157 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5158 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5159 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5160
5161 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5162 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5163 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5164 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5165 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5166 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5167
5168 ;;;***
5169 \f
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5171 ;;;;;; 33724))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5173
5174 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5175 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5176
5177 ;;;***
5178 \f
5179 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5180 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5181 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5182
5183 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5184 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5185 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5186 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5187 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5188 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5189 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5190 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5191
5192 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5193 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5194
5195 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5196 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5197 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5198 this value is non-nil.
5199
5200 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5201 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5202 things.
5203
5204 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5205 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5206 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5207
5208 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5209
5210 ;;;***
5211 \f
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5213 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5215
5216 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5217 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5218
5219 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5220 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5221 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5222 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5223 from the documentation string if possible.
5224
5225 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5226 instead.
5227
5228 This variable is buffer-local.")
5229
5230 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5231 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5232 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5233
5234 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5235 of the mode.
5236 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5237 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5238
5239 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5240 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5241
5242 ;;;***
5243 \f
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5245 ;;;;;; 17971))
5246 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5247
5248 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5249 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5250
5251 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5252 an elided material again.
5253
5254 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5255
5256 ;;;***
5257 \f
5258 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5259 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5261
5262 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5263 Initialize elint." t nil)
5264
5265 ;;;***
5266 \f
5267 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5268 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5269 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5271
5272 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5273 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5274 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5277 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5278 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5279
5280 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5281 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5282 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5283
5284 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5285 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5286 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5287
5288 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5289
5290 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5291 Display current profiling results.
5292 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5293 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5294 displayed." t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5297 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5304
5305 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5306 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5307 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5308
5309 ;;;***
5310 \f
5311 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5312 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5313 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5314 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5315 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5317
5318 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5319
5320 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5321
5322 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5323
5324 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5325
5326 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5327
5328 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5329
5330 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5331
5332 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5333
5334 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5335
5336 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5337 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5338
5339 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5340 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5343 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5344
5345 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5346 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5347
5348 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5349
5350 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5351
5352 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5353
5354 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5355
5356 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5357 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5358
5359 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5360 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5361
5362 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5363
5364 ;;;***
5365 \f
5366 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5367 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
5368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5369
5370 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5371 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5372 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5373
5374 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5375 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5376 automatically.
5377
5378 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5379 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5380 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5381
5382 ;;;***
5383 \f
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5385 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14513 4487))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5387
5388 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5389 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5390 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5391 text/enriched format.
5392 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5393
5394 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5395 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5396
5397 Commands:
5398
5399 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5402
5403 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5404
5405 ;;;***
5406 \f
5407 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5409
5410 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5411 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5412 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5413 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5414
5415 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5416 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5417 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5418
5419 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5420
5421 ;;;***
5422 \f
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5424 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5425 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5426 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5427 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
5428 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46114))
5429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5430
5431 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5432 *File name of tags table.
5433 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5434 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5435 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5436 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5437
5438 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5439 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5440 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5441 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5442 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5443 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5444
5445 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5446 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5447 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5448 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5449 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5450
5451 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5452 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5453 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5454 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5455
5456 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5457 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5458 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5459 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5460 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5461
5462 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5463 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5464 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5465 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5466
5467 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5468 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5469 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5470 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5471 file the tag was in." t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5474 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5475 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5476 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5477 without directory names." nil nil)
5478
5479 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5480 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5481 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5482 but does not select the buffer.
5483 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5484
5485 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5486 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5487 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5488 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5489 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5490
5491 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5492
5493 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5494 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5495 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5496
5497 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5498
5499 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5500 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5501 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5502 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5503
5504 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5505 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5506 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5507 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5508 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5509
5510 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5511
5512 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5513 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5514 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5515
5516 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5517 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5518
5519 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5520 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5521 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5522 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5523 around or before point.
5524
5525 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5526 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5527 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5528 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5529 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5530
5531 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5532
5533 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5534 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5535 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5536
5537 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5538 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5539
5540 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5541 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5542 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5543 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5544 around or before point.
5545
5546 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5547 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5548 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5549 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5550 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5551
5552 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5553
5554 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5555 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5556 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5557
5558 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5559 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5560
5561 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5562 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5563 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5564
5565 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5566 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5567 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5568 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5569 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5570
5571 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5572
5573 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5574 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5575 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5576
5577 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5578 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5579 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5580
5581 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5582 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5583
5584 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5585 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5586 where they were found." t nil)
5587
5588 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5589 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5590
5591 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5592 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5593 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5594
5595 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5596 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5597
5598 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5599 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5600
5601 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5602 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5603 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5604 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5605
5606 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5607 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5608 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5609 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5610 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5611 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5612
5613 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5614 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5615 Stops when a match is found.
5616 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5617
5618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5619
5620 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5621 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5622 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5623 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5624 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5625
5626 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5627
5628 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5629 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5630 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5631 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5632 directory specification." t nil)
5633
5634 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5635 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5636
5637 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5638 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5639 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5640 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5641
5642 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5643 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5644 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5645 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5646 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5647
5648 ;;;***
5649 \f
5650 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5651 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5652 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5653 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5654 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5655 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5656 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5657 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5658 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5660
5661 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5662 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5663
5664 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5667 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5668 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5669 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5670
5671 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5672 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5673 language.
5674
5675 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5676 even if the buffer is read-only.
5677
5678 See also the descriptions of the variables
5679 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5680 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5681
5682 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5683 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5684
5685 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5686 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5687
5688 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5689 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5690 language.
5691
5692 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5693 buffer is read-only.
5694
5695 See also the descriptions of the variables
5696 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5697 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5698
5699 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5700 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5701 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5704 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5705
5706 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5707 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5708
5709 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5710 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5711
5712 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5713 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5714 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5715 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5716
5717 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5718 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5719 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5720 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5721
5722 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5723 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5724 the primary language.
5725
5726 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5727 buffer is read-only.
5728
5729 See also the descriptions of the variables
5730 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5731 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5732
5733 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5734 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5735 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5736 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5737
5738 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5739 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5740 primary language.
5741
5742 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5743 buffer is read-only.
5744
5745 See also the descriptions of the variables
5746 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5747 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5748
5749 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5750 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5751 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5752
5753 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5754 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5755
5756 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5757 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5758 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5759 3) convert the body into SERA.
5760
5761 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5762
5763 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5764 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5765 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5768 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5769
5770 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5771 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5772
5773 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5774 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5775 be 1, 2, or 3.
5776
5777 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5778 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5779 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5780
5781 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5784 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5787 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5788 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5789
5790 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5791 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5792
5793 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5794 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5795
5796 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5797 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5798
5799 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5800 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5801
5802 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5803 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5804
5805 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5806 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5807
5808 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5809 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5810
5811 ;;;***
5812 \f
5813 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5814 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5815 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5816 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5817
5818 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5819 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5820 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5821 server for future sessions." t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5824 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5825
5826 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5827 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5830 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5831 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5832 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5833 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5834 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5835 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5836 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5837 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5838 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5839 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5840 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5841
5842 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5843 Display a form to query the directory server.
5844 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5845 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5846
5847 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5848 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5849 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5850
5851 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5852
5853 ;;;***
5854 \f
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5856 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5857 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5859
5860 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5861 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5862
5863 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5864 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5865
5866 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5867 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5868
5869 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5870 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5871
5872 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5873 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5874
5875 ;;;***
5876 \f
5877 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5878 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5880
5881 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5882 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5883 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5884
5885 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5886 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5887
5888 ;;;***
5889 \f
5890 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5891 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5893
5894 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5895 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
5896
5897 ;;;***
5898 \f
5899 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5900 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5902
5903 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5904 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5905 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5906 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5907 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5908 executable." t nil)
5909
5910 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5911 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5912 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5913
5914 ;;;***
5915 \f
5916 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5917 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5919
5920 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5921 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5922 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5923 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5924
5925 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5926
5927 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5928 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5929 to generate such functions.
5930
5931 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5932 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5933 beginning of the expanded text.
5934
5935 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5936 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5937 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5938 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5939
5940 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5941
5942 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5943 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5944 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5945
5946 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5947 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5948 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5949 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5950 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5951
5952 ;;;***
5953 \f
5954 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14398 36512))
5955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5956
5957 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5958 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5959
5960 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5961 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5962 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5963
5964 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5965
5966 Key definitions:
5967 \\{f90-mode-map}
5968
5969 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5970
5971 f90-do-indent
5972 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5973 f90-if-indent
5974 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5975 f90-type-indent
5976 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5977 f90-program-indent
5978 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
5979 (default 2)
5980 f90-continuation-indent
5981 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
5982 f90-comment-region
5983 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
5984 region. (default \"!!!$\")
5985 f90-indented-comment-re
5986 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
5987 (default \"!\")
5988 f90-directive-comment-re
5989 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
5990 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
5991 f90-break-delimiters
5992 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
5993 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
5994 f90-break-before-delimiters
5995 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
5996 (default t)
5997 f90-beginning-ampersand
5998 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
5999 f90-smart-end
6000 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6001 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6002 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6003 f90-auto-keyword-case
6004 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6005 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6006 f90-leave-line-no
6007 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6008 f90-startup-message
6009 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6010 f90-keywords-re
6011 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6012
6013 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6014 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6015
6016 ;;;***
6017 \f
6018 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6019 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6020 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6021 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6022 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14529 14394))
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6024 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6025 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6026
6027 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6028 Menu keymap for faces.")
6029
6030 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6031
6032 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6033 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6034
6035 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6036
6037 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6038 Menu keymap for background colors")
6039
6040 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6041
6042 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6043 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6044
6045 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6046
6047 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6048 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6049
6050 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6051
6052 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6053 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6054
6055 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6056
6057 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6058 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6059
6060 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6061
6062 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6063
6064 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6065
6066 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6067
6068 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6069 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6070 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6071 will not show through at all will be removed.
6072
6073 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6074
6075 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6076 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6077
6078 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6079 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6080 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6083 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6084 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6085 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6086 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6087 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6088 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6089 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6090
6091 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6092 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6093 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6094 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6095 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6096 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6097 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6098 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6099
6100 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6101 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6102 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6103 is the menu item's name.
6104
6105 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6106 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6107
6108 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6109 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6110 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6113 Make the region invisible.
6114 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6115 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6116
6117 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6118 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6119 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6120 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6123 Make the region unmodifiable.
6124 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6125 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6128 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6129
6130 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6131 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6132
6133 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6134 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6135 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6138 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6139
6140 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6141 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6142
6143 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6144 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6145 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6146 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6147 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6148
6149 ;;;***
6150 \f
6151 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6152 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6153 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6154
6155 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6156 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6157 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6158 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6159
6160 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6161
6162 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6163 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6164 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6165
6166 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6167 - When you save the file's buffer.
6168 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6169 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6170 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6171 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6172
6173 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6174
6175 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6176 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6177 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6178 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6179
6180 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6181 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6182
6183 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6184
6185 ;;;***
6186 \f
6187 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6188 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6189 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6191
6192 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6193 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6194
6195 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6196 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6197 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6198 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6199
6200 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6201 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6202 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6203 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6204 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6205
6206 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6207 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6208 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6209 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6210 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6211 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6212 internally by feedmail):
6213
6214 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6215 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6216 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6217 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6218
6219 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6220 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6221 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6222 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6223 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6224
6225 ;;;***
6226 \f
6227 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6228 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6229 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6230
6231 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6232 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6233 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6234 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6235 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6236 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6237 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6238
6239 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6240 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6241 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6242 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6243 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6244 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6245 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6246
6247 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6248 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6249
6250 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6251 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6252 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6253 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6254 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6255 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6258 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6259 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6260 Return value:
6261 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6262 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6263 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6266 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6267
6268 ;;;***
6269 \f
6270 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6271 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6273
6274 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6275 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6276 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6277 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6278 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6279 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6280 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6281 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6282 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6283 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6284
6285 ;;;***
6286 \f
6287 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6288 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6290
6291 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6292 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6293 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6294 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6295 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6296
6297 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6298 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6299 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6300 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6301
6302 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6303 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6304 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6305
6306 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6307
6308 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6309 as the final argument." t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6312 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6313 and run dired on those files.
6314 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6315 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6316
6317 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6318
6319 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6320 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6321 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6322
6323 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6324
6325 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6326
6327 ;;;***
6328 \f
6329 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6330 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6331 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6333
6334 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6335 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6336 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6337
6338 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6341 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6342 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6343
6344 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6345 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6346
6347 Variables of interest include:
6348
6349 - ff-case-fold-search
6350 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6351 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6352
6353 - ff-always-in-other-window
6354 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6355 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6356
6357 - ff-ignore-include
6358 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6359
6360 - ff-always-try-to-create
6361 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6362
6363 - ff-quiet-mode
6364 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6365
6366 - ff-special-constructs
6367 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6368 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6369 extracting the filename from that construct.
6370
6371 - ff-other-file-alist
6372 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6373
6374 - ff-search-directories
6375 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6376 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6377
6378 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6379 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6380
6381 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6382 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6383
6384 - ff-post-load-hooks
6385 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6386
6387 - ff-not-found-hooks
6388 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6389
6390 - ff-file-created-hooks
6391 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6392
6393 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6394 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6395
6396 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6397 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6398
6399 ;;;***
6400 \f
6401 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6402 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6403 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6404 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6405 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6406 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6408
6409 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6410 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6411
6412 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6413 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6414 not selected.
6415
6416 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6417 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6418 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6419
6420 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6421 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6422
6423 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6424 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6425 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6426 it is one of the current buffers.
6427
6428 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6429 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6430 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6431
6432 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6433 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6434
6435 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6436
6437 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6438 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6439
6440 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6441
6442 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6443 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6444
6445 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6446 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6447 not selected.
6448
6449 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6450 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6451
6452 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6453 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6454
6455 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6456 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6457 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6458 it is one of the current buffers.
6459
6460 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6461 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6462 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6465 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6466
6467 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6468
6469 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6470 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6471
6472 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6473
6474 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6475 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6476 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6477
6478 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6479 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6480
6481 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6482 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6483
6484 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6485 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6486
6487 ;;;***
6488 \f
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6490 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6492
6493 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6494 Toggle flow control handling.
6495 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6496 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6497
6498 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6499 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6500 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6501 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6502 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6503 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6504
6505 ;;;***
6506 \f
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6508 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6510
6511 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6512 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6513 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6514 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6515 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6516 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6517
6518 Bindings:
6519 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6520 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6521 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6522
6523 Hooks:
6524 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6525
6526 Remark:
6527 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6528 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6529 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6530
6531 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6532 consider adding:
6533 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6534 in your .emacs file.
6535
6536 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6537
6538 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6539
6540 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6541 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6542
6543 ;;;***
6544 \f
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6546 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6547 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6548 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6549
6550 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6551 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6552
6553 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6554 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6555
6556 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6557 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6558
6559 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6560 of two major techniques:
6561
6562 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6563 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6564 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6565
6566 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6567 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6568 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6569 movement commands.
6570
6571 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6572 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6573 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6574 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6575 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6576 mileage may vary).
6577
6578 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6579 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6580
6581 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6582
6583 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6584 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6585 \(This is the default.)
6586
6587 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6588 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6589
6590 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6591 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6592
6593 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6594 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6595
6596 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6597 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6598 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6599 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6600 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6601 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6602
6603 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6604 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6605 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6606
6607 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6608 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6609 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6610
6611 ;;;***
6612 \f
6613 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6614 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6615 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6616 ;;;;;; (14535 40196))
6617 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6618
6619 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6620 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6621
6622 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6623 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6624 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6625
6626 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6627
6628 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6629 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6630 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6631 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6632
6633 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6634 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6635
6636 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6637
6638 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6639 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6640 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6641
6642 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6643
6644 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6645 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6646 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6647 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6648 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6649 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6650
6651 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6652 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6653
6654 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6655 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6656
6657 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6658 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6659 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6660
6661 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6662 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6663
6664 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6665 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6666 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6667
6668 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6669 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6670 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6671
6672 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6673 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6674 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6677 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6678 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6679 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6680 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6681 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6682 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6683 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6684 end of the current highlighting list.
6685
6686 For example:
6687
6688 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6689 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6690 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6691
6692 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6693 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6694
6695 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6696 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6697 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6698
6699 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6700 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6701
6702 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6703 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6704
6705 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6706 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6707 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6708 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6709 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6710
6711 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6712 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6713
6714 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6715 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6716 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6717 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6719 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6720
6721 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6722
6723 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6724
6725 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6726 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6727
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6731 ;;;;;; (14495 18024))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6733
6734 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6735 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6736 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6737 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6738 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6739
6740 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
6741 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
6742 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
6743 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
6744 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
6745 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
6746
6747 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6748 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6749
6750 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6755 ;;;;;; 9680))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6757
6758 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6759 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6760 \\<message-mode-map>
6761 key binding
6762 --- -------
6763
6764 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6765 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6766 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6767 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6768 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6769 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6770 " t nil)
6771
6772 ;;;***
6773 \f
6774 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6775 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6777
6778 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6779 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6780
6781 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6782 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6783 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6784 C-c < forms-first-record <
6785 C-c > forms-last-record >
6786 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6787 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6788 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6789 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6790 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6791 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6792 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6793 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6794 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6795 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6796 " t nil)
6797
6798 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6799 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6800
6801 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6802 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6803
6804 ;;;***
6805 \f
6806 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6807 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14477 53257))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6809
6810 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6811 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6812 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6813 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6814 with a character in column 6.")
6815
6816 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6817 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6818 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6819 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6820
6821 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6822 Fortran keywords.
6823
6824 Key definitions:
6825 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6826
6827 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6828
6829 `comment-start'
6830 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6831 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6832 `fortran-do-indent'
6833 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6834 `fortran-if-indent'
6835 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6836 `fortran-structure-indent'
6837 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6838 (default 3)
6839 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6840 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6841 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6842 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6843 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6844 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6845 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6846 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6847 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6848 (for TAB format continuation style).
6849 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6850 indentation for a line of code.
6851 (default 'fixed)
6852 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6853 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6854 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6855 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6856 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6857 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6858 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6859 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6860 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6861 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6862 column 5. (default 1)
6863 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6864 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6865 statements. (default nil)
6866 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6867 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6868 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6869 statement. (default nil)
6870 `fortran-continuation-string'
6871 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6872 line. (default \"$\")
6873 `fortran-comment-region'
6874 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6875 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6876 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6877 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6878 as typed. (default t)
6879 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6880 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6881 (default t)
6882
6883 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6884 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6885
6886 ;;;***
6887 \f
6888 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6889 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6890 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6891
6892 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6893 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6894
6895 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6896 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6897
6898 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6899 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6900 function.
6901
6902 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6903 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6904 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6905 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6906 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6907 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6908
6909 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6910 Each keyword should be a string.
6911
6912 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6913 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6914
6915 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6916 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6917 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6918
6919 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6920
6921 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6922
6923 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6924 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6925 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6926 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6927
6928 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6929 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6930
6931 ;;;***
6932 \f
6933 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
6934 ;;;;;; (14480 59906))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
6936
6937 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
6938 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
6939 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
6940 at places they belong to." t nil)
6941
6942 ;;;***
6943 \f
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6945 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6947
6948 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6949 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6950
6951 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6952 Read network news.
6953 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6954 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6955 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6956 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6957 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6960 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6961
6962 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6963 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6964
6965 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6966 Read network news.
6967 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6968 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6969 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6970
6971 ;;;***
6972 \f
6973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6974 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6975 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
6976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6977
6978 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6979 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
6982 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
6985 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
6986 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
6987 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
6988
6989 \(gnus-agentize)
6990
6991 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
6992 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
6993 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
6994
6995 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
6996 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
6997
6998 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
6999
7000 ;;;***
7001 \f
7002 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7003 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7005
7006 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7007 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7008
7009 ;;;***
7010 \f
7011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7012 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7013 ;;;;;; 49293))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7015
7016 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7017 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7018
7019 Usage:
7020 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7021
7022 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7023 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7026 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7027
7028 ;;;***
7029 \f
7030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7031 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7033
7034 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7035 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7036 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7039 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7040
7041 ;;;***
7042 \f
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7044 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7046
7047 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7048
7049 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7050 Run batched scoring.
7051 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7052
7053 ;;;***
7054 \f
7055 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7056 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7058
7059 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7060 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7061 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7062
7063 ;;;***
7064 \f
7065 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7066 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7068
7069 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7070 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7071 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7072 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7073 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7074
7075 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7076 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7077
7078 ;;;***
7079 \f
7080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7081 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7083
7084 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7085 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7086 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7087 for matching on group names.
7088
7089 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7090 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7091
7092 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7093
7094 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7095
7096 ;;;***
7097 \f
7098 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7099 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7101
7102 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7103 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7104
7105 ;;;***
7106 \f
7107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7108 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7110
7111 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7112 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7115 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7116
7117 ;;;***
7118 \f
7119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7120 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7122
7123 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7124 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7125
7126 ;;;***
7127 \f
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7129 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7130
7131 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7132 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7133 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7134 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7135 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7136
7137 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7138 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7139 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7140
7141 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7142 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7143 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7144
7145 ;;;***
7146 \f
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7148 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7149 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
7150
7151 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7152 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7153 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7154 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7155 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7158 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7159 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7160 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7161 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7164 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7165 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7166 or to send e-mail.
7167 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7168
7169 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7170 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7171
7172 ;;;***
7173 \f
7174 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7176
7177 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7178 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7179 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7180 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7181 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7182
7183 ;;;***
7184 \f
7185 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7186 ;;;;;; (14517 9487))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7188
7189 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7190 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7191 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7192 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7193
7194 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7195 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7196 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7197 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7200 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7201 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7202 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7203
7204 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7205 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7206 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7207 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7208
7209 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7210 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7213 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7214 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7215 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7218 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7219 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7220 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7223 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7224 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7225 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7226 between it and it's value." t nil)
7227 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7228
7229 ;;;***
7230 \f
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7232 ;;;;;; 23942))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7234
7235 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7236 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7237 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7238 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7239
7240 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7241 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7242 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7243 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7244
7245 ;;;***
7246 \f
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7248 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7250
7251 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7252 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7255 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7256 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7257 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7258
7259 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7262 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7263 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7264 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7265 to be updated." t nil)
7266
7267 ;;;***
7268 \f
7269 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7270 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7271 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7272
7273 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7274 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7275 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7276 and window listing and describing the options.
7277 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7278 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7279
7280 ;;;***
7281 \f
7282 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7283 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7285
7286 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7287 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7288
7289 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7290 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7291
7292 ;;;***
7293 \f
7294 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7295 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7296 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7297
7298 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7299 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7300 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7301 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7302 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7303
7304 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7305 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7306
7307 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7308 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7309 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7310 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7311
7312 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7313 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7314 periods.
7315
7316 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7317 in hexl format.
7318
7319 A sample format:
7320
7321 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7322 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7323 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7324 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7325 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7326 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7327 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7328 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7329 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7330 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7331 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7332 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7333 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7334 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7335 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7336
7337 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7338 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7339 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7340
7341 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7342 also supported.
7343
7344 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7345
7346 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7347 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7348 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7349
7350 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7351 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7352 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7353
7354 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7355 into the buffer at the current point.
7356
7357 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7358 into the buffer at the current point.
7359
7360 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7361 into the buffer at the current point.
7362
7363 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7364
7365 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7366 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7367
7368 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7369
7370 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7373 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7374 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7377 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7378 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7379
7380 ;;;***
7381 \f
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7383 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7385
7386 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7387 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7388
7389 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7390 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7391 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7392 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7393 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7394 how the hiding is done:
7395
7396 hide-ifdef-env
7397 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7398 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7399 is used.
7400
7401 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7402 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7403 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7404 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7405 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7406
7407 hide-ifdef-lines
7408 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7409 #endif lines when hiding.
7410
7411 hide-ifdef-initially
7412 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7413 is activated.
7414
7415 hide-ifdef-read-only
7416 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7417 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7418
7419 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7420
7421 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7422 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7423
7424 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7425 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7426
7427 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7428 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7429
7430 ;;;***
7431 \f
7432 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7433 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7435
7436 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7437 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7438
7439 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7440 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7441 Each element has the form
7442 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7443
7444 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7445 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7446
7447 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7448 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7449
7450 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7451 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7452 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7453 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7454 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7455
7456 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7457 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7458
7459 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7460 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7461
7462 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7463 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7464 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7465
7466 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7467 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7468 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7469 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7470 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7471 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7472
7473 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7474 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7475 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7476
7477 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7478 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7479
7480 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7481
7482 Key bindings:
7483 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7484
7485 ;;;***
7486 \f
7487 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7488 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7489 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7490 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7492
7493 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7494
7495 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7496 Remove the change face from the region.
7497 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7500 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7501
7502 Without an argument,
7503 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7504 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7505 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7506
7507 With an argument,
7508 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7509 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7510 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7511
7512 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7513 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7514 not displayed in a different face.
7515
7516 Functions:
7517 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7518 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7519 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7520 buffer with the contents of a file
7521 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7522 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7523 various faces.
7524
7525
7526 Hook variables:
7527 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7528 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7529 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7530 " t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7533 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7534
7535 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7536 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7539 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7540
7541 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7542 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7543 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7544 shown in the last face in the list.
7545
7546 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7547 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7548 buffer to be saved):
7549 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7550 " t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7553 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7554
7555 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7556 and not in read-only mode.
7557
7558 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7559 when called interactively.
7560
7561 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7562 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7563 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7564
7565 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7566 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7567 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7570 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7571
7572 When called interactively:
7573 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7574 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7575 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7576 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7577
7578 When called from a program:
7579 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7580 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7581 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7582 - otherwise just turn it on
7583
7584 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7585 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7586 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7587 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7588
7589 ;;;***
7590 \f
7591 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7592 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7593 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7594 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7595 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7597
7598 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7599 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7600 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7601 or insert functions in this list.")
7602
7603 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7604 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7605
7606 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7607 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7608
7609 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7610 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7611
7612 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7613 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7614
7615 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7616 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7617 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7618
7619 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7620 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7621 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7622 \(as atoms)")
7623
7624 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7625 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7626 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7627 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7628 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7629
7630 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7631 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7632 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7633 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7634 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7635 expansions.
7636 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7637 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7638 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7641 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7642 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7643 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7644
7645 ;;;***
7646 \f
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7648 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7649 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7650
7651 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7652 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7654 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7655
7656 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7657
7658 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7659
7660 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7661 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7662
7663 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7664 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7665 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7670 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7672
7673 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7674 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7675
7676 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7677 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7678
7679 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7680
7681 ;;;***
7682 \f
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7684 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7686
7687 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7688 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7689
7690 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7691 This function is absolete." t nil)
7692
7693 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7694 This function is absolete." t nil)
7695
7696 ;;;***
7697 \f
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7699 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7701
7702 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7703 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7704 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7707 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7708 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7709
7710 ;;;***
7711 \f
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7714
7715 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7716 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7717 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7718 Tab indents for Icon code.
7719 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7720 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7721 \\{icon-mode-map}
7722 Variables controlling indentation style:
7723 icon-tab-always-indent
7724 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7725 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7726 icon-auto-newline
7727 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7728 inserted in Icon code.
7729 icon-indent-level
7730 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7731 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7732 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7733 icon-continued-statement-offset
7734 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7735 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7736 icon-continued-brace-offset
7737 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7738 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7739 icon-brace-offset
7740 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7741 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7742 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7743 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7744
7745 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7746 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7747
7748 ;;;***
7749 \f
7750 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7751 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7753
7754 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7755 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7756 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7757 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7758
7759 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7760 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7761 separate frames.
7762
7763 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7764
7765 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7766 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7767 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7768
7769 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7770
7771 ;;;***
7772 \f
7773 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7774 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7776
7777 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7778 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7779
7780 The main features of this mode are
7781
7782 1. Indentation and Formatting
7783 --------------------------
7784 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7785 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7786
7787 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7788 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7789 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7790 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7791
7792 Comments are indented as follows:
7793
7794 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7795 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7796 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7797
7798 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7799
7800 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7801 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7802 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7803 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7804 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7805
7806 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7807 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7808 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7809
7810 2. Routine Info
7811 ------------
7812 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7813 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7814 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7815 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7816 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7817 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7818 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7819
7820 3. Completion
7821 ----------
7822 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7823 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7824 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7825 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7826 upper case.
7827
7828 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7829 --------------------------------
7830 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7831 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7832
7833 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7834 \\fu FUNCTION template
7835 \\c CASE statement template
7836 \\f FOR loop template
7837 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7838 \\w WHILE loop template
7839 \\i IF statement template
7840 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7841 \\b BEGIN
7842
7843 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7844 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7845
7846 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7847 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7848 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7849
7850 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7851 -------------------------
7852 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7853 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7854
7855 6. Automatic END completion
7856 ------------------------
7857 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7858 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7859
7860 7. Hooks
7861 -----
7862 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7863 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7864
7865 8. Documentation and Customization
7866 -------------------------------
7867 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7868 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7869 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7870 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7871 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7872
7873 9. Keybindings
7874 -----------
7875 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7876 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7877 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7878
7879 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7880
7881 ;;;***
7882 \f
7883 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7886
7887 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7888 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7889 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7890
7891 ;;;***
7892 \f
7893 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7894 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
7895 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7897
7898 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
7899 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
7900 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
7901 be determined." nil nil)
7902
7903 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7904 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7905 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7906 be determined." nil nil)
7907
7908 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7909 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7910 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7911
7912 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7913 Create an image.
7914 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
7915 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7916 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
7917 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
7918 use its file extension.as image type.
7919 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
7920 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7921 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7922 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7923
7924 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7929 image.
7930 POS may be an integer or marker.
7931 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7932 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7933 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7934 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7935
7936 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7937 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7938 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7939 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7940 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7943 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7944
7945 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7946 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7947 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7948 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7949
7950 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7951 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7952
7953 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7954 documentation string.
7955
7956 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7957 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7958 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
7959 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
7960 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
7961 string containing the actual image data. The first image
7962 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
7963 define SYMBOL.
7964
7965 Example:
7966
7967 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7968 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7969
7970 ;;;***
7971 \f
7972 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7973 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
7975
7976 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
7977 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
7978
7979 Affects only the mouse index menu.
7980
7981 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
7982 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
7983 in the buffer.
7984
7985 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
7986
7987 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
7988 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
7989 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
7990
7991 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
7992 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
7993
7994 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
7995 to create a buffer index.
7996
7997 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
7998 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
7999 or like this:
8000 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8001 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8002 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8003 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8004 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8005
8006 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8007 entries are not nested.
8008
8009 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8010 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8011 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8012 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8013
8014 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8015 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8016
8017 The variable is buffer-local.
8018
8019 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8020 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8021 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8022
8023 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8024 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8025 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8026 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8027
8028 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8029
8030 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8031 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8032
8033 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8034 of the current buffer as an alist.
8035
8036 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8037 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8038 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8039 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8040 if it is a sub-alist.
8041
8042 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8043
8044 The variable is buffer-local.")
8045
8046 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8047
8048 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8049 Function for finding the next index position.
8050
8051 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8052 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8053 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8054 file.
8055
8056 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8057 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8058
8059 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8060
8061 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8062
8063 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8064 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8065
8066 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8067 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8068 It should return the name for that index item.
8069
8070 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8071
8072 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8073
8074 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8075 Function to compare string with index item.
8076
8077 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8078 non-nil if they match.
8079
8080 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8081 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8082 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8083 arguments match\".
8084
8085 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8086
8087 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8088
8089 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8090 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8091 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8092
8093 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8094
8095 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8096
8097 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8098 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8099 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8100 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8101
8102 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8103 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8104
8105 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8106
8107 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8108 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8109 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8110 for more information." t nil)
8111
8112 ;;;***
8113 \f
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8115 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8117
8118 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8119 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8120 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8121 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8122 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8123
8124 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8125 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8126
8127 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8128 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8129 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8130 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8131 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8132 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8133 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8134 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8135
8136 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8137 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8138 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8139 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8140 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8141
8142 More precise choices:
8143 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8144 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8145 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8146
8147 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8148
8149 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8150 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8151
8152 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8153 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8154 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8155 to that buffer.
8156 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8157 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8158 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8159 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8160 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8161
8162 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8163
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8167 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8168 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14485 39769))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8170
8171 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8172 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8173 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8174
8175 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8176 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8177 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8178 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8179 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8180 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8181
8182 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8183 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8184
8185 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8186 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8187 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8190 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8191 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8192 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8193
8194 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8195 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8196 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8197 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8198 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8201 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8202 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8203 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8204 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8205 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8206
8207 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8208 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8209 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8210
8211 ;;;***
8212 \f
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8214 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8215 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8217
8218 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8219 Throw away all cached data.
8220 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8221 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8222 system." t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8225 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8226 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8227 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8228 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8229 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8230
8231 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8234 Display the documentation of a file.
8235 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8236 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8237 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8238 The default file name is the one found at point.
8239
8240 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8241
8242 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8243 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8246 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8247
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8251 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8253
8254 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8255 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8258 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8259 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8260
8261 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8262 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8263 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8264
8265 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8266 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8267 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8268 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8269
8270 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8271 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8272 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8275 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8276 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8277 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8278 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8279
8280 ;;;***
8281 \f
8282 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8283 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8284 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8286
8287 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8288 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8291 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8294
8295 ;;;***
8296 \f
8297 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8298 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8300
8301 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8302 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8303 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8304 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8305 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8306 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8307
8308 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8309 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8310
8311 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8312 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8313 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8314 \"s gives German sharp s.
8315 /a gives a with ring.
8316 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8317 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8318 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8319 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8320
8321 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8322 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8323
8324 ;;;***
8325 \f
8326 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8327 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
8328 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
8329 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8331
8332 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8333 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8334 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8336 `format-alist')." t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8339 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8340 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8341 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8342 `format-alist')." t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8345 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8346 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8347 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8348 `format-alist')." t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8351 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8352 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8353 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8354 `format-alist')." t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8357 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8358 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8359 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8360 `format-alist')." t nil)
8361
8362 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8363 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8364 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8366 `format-alist')." t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8369 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8370 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8371 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8372 `format-alist')." t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8375 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8378 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8381 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8382
8383 ;;;***
8384 \f
8385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8386 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8387 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8388 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8389 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8390 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8391
8392 ;;;***
8393 \f
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8395 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8396 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8397 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8398 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8399 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8401
8402 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8403 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8404
8405 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8406 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8407
8408 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8409 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8410
8411 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8412 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8413 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8414 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8415
8416 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8417 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8418 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8419
8420 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8421
8422 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8423
8424 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8425
8426 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8427
8428 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8429
8430 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8431
8432 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8433 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8434
8435 Each element of this list is also a list:
8436
8437 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8438 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8439
8440 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8441 nil means the default dictionary.
8442
8443 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8444 word.
8445
8446 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8447
8448 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8449 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8450 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8451 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8452 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8453 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8454 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8455 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8456 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8457
8458 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8459 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8460 single word.
8461
8462 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8463 subprocess.
8464
8465 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8466 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8467 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8468 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8469 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8470 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8471 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8472 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8473
8474 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8475
8476 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8477 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8478 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8479
8480 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8481 Key map for ispell menu.")
8482
8483 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8484 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8485 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8486 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8487
8488 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8489
8490 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8491
8492 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8493
8494 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8495
8496 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8497
8498 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8499 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8500 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8501 Valid forms include:
8502 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8503 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8504 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8505 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8506
8507 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8508 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8509 First list is used raw.
8510 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8511
8512 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8513 for skipping in latex mode.")
8514
8515 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8516
8517 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8518 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8519 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8520 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8521
8522 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8523 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8524 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8525 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8526 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8527
8528 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8529 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8530
8531 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8532
8533 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8534 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8535
8536 return values:
8537 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8538 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8539 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8540 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8541 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8542
8543 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8544 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8545
8546 Selections are:
8547
8548 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8549 SPC: Accept word this time.
8550 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8551 `a': Accept word for this session.
8552 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8553 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8554 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8555 `?': Show these commands.
8556 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8557 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8558 the aborted check to be completed later.
8559 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8560 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8561 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8562 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8563 `C-l': redraws screen
8564 `C-r': recursive edit
8565 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8566
8567 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8568 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8569 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8570
8571 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8572 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8573 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8574
8575 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8576
8577 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8580 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8581 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8582 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8585 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8588 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8591 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8594 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8595 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8596 sequence inside of a word.
8597
8598 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8599
8600 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8601 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8604 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8605 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8606
8607 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8608 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8609
8610 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8611 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8612
8613 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8614 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8615 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8616 Don't check included messages.
8617
8618 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8619 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8620 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8621
8622 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8623 in your .emacs file:
8624 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8625 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8626 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8627 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8628
8629 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8630 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8631 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8632
8633 ;;;***
8634 \f
8635 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8636 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8637 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8639
8640 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8641 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8642 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8643 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8644 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8645 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8646
8647 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8648 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8649 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8650 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8651
8652 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8653 Switch to another buffer.
8654
8655 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8656 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8657 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8658 in another frame.
8659 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8660
8661 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8662 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8663 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8664 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8667 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8668 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8669 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8672 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8673 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8674 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8679 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8680 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8681 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8682 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8684
8685 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8686 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8689
8690 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8691 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8692 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8693 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8694 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8695 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8696 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8697 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8700 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8701 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8702 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8703
8704 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8705 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8706 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8707 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8708 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8709
8710 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8711 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8712 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8713 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8714
8715 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8716 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8717 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8718 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8721 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8724 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8725 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8726 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8727 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8728
8729 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8730 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8731 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8732 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8733 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8734
8735 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8736 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8737 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8742 ;;;;;; (14512 27554))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8744
8745 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8746 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8747 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8748 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8749
8750 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8751 following ways:
8752
8753 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8754 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8755 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8756 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8757 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8758
8759 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8760 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8761 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8762 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8763
8764 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8765 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8766 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8767 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8768 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8769 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8770 strings or comments span lines.
8771
8772 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8773 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8774 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8775 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8776
8777 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8778 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8783 ;;;;;; (14495 17985))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8785
8786 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8787 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8789 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8790
8791 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8792
8793 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8794 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8795 "\
8796 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8797 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8798 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8799 (interactive "P")
8800 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8801 (progn
8802 (require 'jka-compr)
8803 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8804 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8805 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8806
8807 ;;;***
8808 \f
8809 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8810 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8812
8813 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8814 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8815 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8816
8817 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8818 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8819 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8820 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8821 shorter.
8822
8823 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8824 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8825 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8826
8827 ;;;***
8828 \f
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8830 ;;;;;; 39823))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8832
8833 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8834 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8835 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8836 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8837 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8838 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8839 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8844 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8846
8847 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8848 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8849 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8850
8851 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8852 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8853
8854 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8855
8856 ;;;***
8857 \f
8858 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8859 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8861
8862 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8863
8864 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8865 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8866
8867 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8868
8869 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8870 Start or resume an Lm game.
8871 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8872 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8873
8874 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8875 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8876 none / 1 | yes | no
8877 2 | yes | yes
8878 3 | no | yes
8879 4 | no | no
8880
8881 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8882 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8883 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8884
8885 ;;;***
8886 \f
8887 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
8888 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
8889 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8890 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8892
8893 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8894 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8895
8896 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
8897
8898 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
8899 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
8900 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
8901 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
8902 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
8903 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
8904
8905 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
8906 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
8907
8908 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
8909 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
8910
8911 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
8912 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
8913 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
8914 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
8915 to compose.
8916
8917 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8922 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8924
8925 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8926 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8927 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8928 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8929
8930 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8931
8932 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8933
8934 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8935 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8936 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8937 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8938 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8939 for large buffers.
8940
8941 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8942 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8943 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8944 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8945 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8946
8947 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8948 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8949 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8950 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8951 slow to keep up with your typing.
8952
8953 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8954 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8955 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8956 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8957 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8958 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8959
8960 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8961 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8962 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8963 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8964
8965 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8966 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8967 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8968 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8969
8970 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8971 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8972 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8973 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
8974 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
8975
8976 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
8977 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
8982 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
8984
8985 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
8986 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
8987
8988 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
8989 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
8990
8991 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
8992 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
8993
8994 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
8995 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
8996 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
8997 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
8998 for later transmission to Lisp job.
8999 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9000 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9001 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9002 and transmit saved text.
9003 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9004 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9005 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9006
9007 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9013
9014 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9015 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9016 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9017 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9018 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9023 ;;;;;; 16155))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9025
9026 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9027 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9028 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9029 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9034 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
9035 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9036
9037 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9038 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9039 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9040
9041 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9042 Run the locate command with a filter.
9043
9044 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9045 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9050 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
9051 ;;;;;; 46009))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9053
9054 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9055 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9056 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9057
9058 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9059 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9060
9061 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9062 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9063 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9064 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9065 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9066 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9067 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9068
9069 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9070 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9071 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9072 switch on this list.
9073 See `lpr-command'.")
9074
9075 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9076 *Name of program for printing a file.
9077
9078 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9079 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9080 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9081 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9082 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9083 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9084 argument.")
9085
9086 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9087 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9088 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9089 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9090
9091 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9092 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9093
9094 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9095 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9096 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9097 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9098
9099 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9100 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9101
9102 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9103 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9106 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9107 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9108 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9109
9110 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9111 Paginate and print the region contents.
9112
9113 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9114 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9115 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9116 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9117
9118 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9119 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9120
9121 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9122 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9128
9129 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9130 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9131 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9132 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9133 package is used.")
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9138 ;;;;;; 53924))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9140
9141 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9142 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9143 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9144
9145 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9146
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9150 ;;;;;; 30919))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9152
9153 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9154 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9155 \\{m4-mode-map}
9156 " t nil)
9157
9158 ;;;***
9159 \f
9160 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9161 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9162 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9163
9164 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9165 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9166 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9167 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9168 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9169
9170 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9171 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9172 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9173 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9174
9175 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9176 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9177 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9178 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9179 bindings.
9180
9181 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9182 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9183
9184 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9185 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9186 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9187 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9188 each time the macro executes.
9189 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9190 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9191 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9192 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9193 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9194 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9195 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9198 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9199 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9200
9201 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9202 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9203 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9204 execute.
9205
9206 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9207 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9208
9209 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9210 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9211 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9212 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9213 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9214
9215 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9216 looked like this:
9217
9218 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9219 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9220 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9221
9222 You could enter the names in this format:
9223
9224 foo
9225 bar
9226 baz
9227
9228 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9229
9230 \\C-x (
9231 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9232 \\C-x )
9233
9234 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9235 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9236 " t nil)
9237 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9238
9239 ;;;***
9240 \f
9241 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9242 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9244
9245 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9246 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9247 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9248 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9249
9250 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9251 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9252 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9253 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9254 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9255
9256 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9257 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9258 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9259 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9262 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9263
9264 ;;;***
9265 \f
9266 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9267 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9268 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9270
9271 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9272 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9273
9274 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9275
9276 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9277 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9278
9279 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9280 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9281 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9282 message.
9283
9284 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9289 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9290 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9291 ;;;;;; 36191))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9293
9294 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9295 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9296 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9297 often correct parser.")
9298
9299 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9300
9301 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9302 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9303 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9304 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9305
9306 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9307 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9308 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9309 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9312 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9313 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9314 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9317 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9318 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9319 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9320 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9321 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9322
9323 ;;;***
9324 \f
9325 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9326 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9328
9329 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9330 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9333 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9334 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9335
9336 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9337 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9338 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9343 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9344 ;;;;;; 15646))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9346
9347 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9348 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9349 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9350 king@grassland.com
9351 If `parens', they look like:
9352 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9353 If `angles', they look like:
9354 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9355
9356 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9357 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9358 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9359 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9360 their `Resent-' variants.
9361
9362 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9363 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9366 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9367 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9368
9369 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9370 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9371 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9372 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9373
9374 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9375 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9376 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9377 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9378
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9382 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9384
9385 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9386 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9387 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9388
9389 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9390
9391 In the browser, use the following keys:
9392
9393 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9394
9395 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9396
9397 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9398 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9399
9400 makefile-target-colon:
9401 The string that gets appended to all target names
9402 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9403 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9404
9405 makefile-macro-assign:
9406 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9407 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9408 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9409 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9410 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9411 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9412
9413 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9414 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9415 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9416
9417 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9418 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9419
9420 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9421 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9422 up or down in the browser.
9423
9424 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9425 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9426
9427 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9428 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9429
9430 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9431 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9432 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9433 has been selected in the browser.
9434
9435 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9436 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9437 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9438 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9439 filenames are omitted.
9440
9441 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9442 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9443 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9444 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9445 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9446 the backslash itself intact.
9447 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9448 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9449
9450 makefile-browser-hook:
9451 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9452 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9453
9454 makefile-special-targets-list:
9455 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9456 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9457 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9458
9459 ;;;***
9460 \f
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9462 ;;;;;; 28917))
9463 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9464
9465 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9466 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9467 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9473
9474 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9475
9476 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9477 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9478 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9479 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9480 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9481 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9482 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9485 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9490 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9491 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9492 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9493 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9494 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9495 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9496 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9497 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9499
9500 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9501 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9502
9503 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9504 king@grassland.com
9505 If `parens', they look like:
9506 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9507 If `angles', they look like:
9508 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9509
9510 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9511 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9512
9513 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9514 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9515
9516 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9517 *Local news organization file.")
9518
9519 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9520 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9521 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9522 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9523
9524 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9525 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9526 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9527
9528 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9529 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9530
9531 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9532 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9533 nil means use indentation.")
9534
9535 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9536 *Function for citing an original message.
9537 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9538 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9539 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9540
9541 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9542 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9543 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9544 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9545 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9546
9547 (defvar message-signature t "\
9548 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9549 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9550 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9551 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9552
9553 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9554 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9555
9556 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9557
9558 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9559 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9560 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9561 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9562 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9563 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9564 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9565 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9566 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9567 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9568 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9569 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9570 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9571 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9572 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9573 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9574 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9575 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9576 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9577 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9578 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9579
9580 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9581 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9582 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9583
9584 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9585 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9588 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9589
9590 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9591 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9594 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9595 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9596
9597 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9598 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9601 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9602 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9603 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9604
9605 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9606 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9607
9608 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9609 Forward the current message via mail.
9610 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9611
9612 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9613 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9614
9615 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9616 Re-mail the current message.
9617 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9618 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9619 you." t nil)
9620
9621 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9622 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9625 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9626
9627 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9628 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9631 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9632
9633 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9634 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9635 Works by overstriking characters.
9636 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9637 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9638
9639 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9640 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9641 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9642 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9643
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9647 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9649
9650 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9651 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9652 Special commands:
9653 \\{meta-mode-map}
9654
9655 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9656 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9657
9658 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9659 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9660 Special commands:
9661 \\{meta-mode-map}
9662
9663 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9664 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9669 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9670 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9672
9673 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9674 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9675 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9676
9677 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9678 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9679 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9680 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9681 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9682 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9683 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9686 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9687 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9688 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9689 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9690 means current).
9691 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9692 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9693
9694 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9695 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9696 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9697 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9698 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9699 means current).
9700 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9701 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9702
9703 ;;;***
9704 \f
9705 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9706 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9708
9709 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9710 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9711 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9712 to the MH mail system.
9713
9714 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9715
9716 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9717 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9718 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9719 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9720 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9721 that want to create a mail buffer.
9722 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9723
9724 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9725 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9726 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9727 to the MH mail system.
9728
9729 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9730
9731 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9732 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9733 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9734 using the MH mail handling system.
9735 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9736 messages.
9737
9738 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9739
9740 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9741
9742 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9743 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9744 the yanked message.
9745
9746 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9747 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9748 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9749 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9750 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9751
9752 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9753 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9754 inserted in a draft letter.
9755
9756 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9757 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9758
9759 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9760
9761 ;;;***
9762 \f
9763 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9764 ;;;;;; 63447))
9765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9766
9767 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9768 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9769 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9770 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9773 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9774
9775 ;;;***
9776 \f
9777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9779
9780 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9781 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9782
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9787
9788 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9789
9790 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9791
9792 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9793
9794 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9795
9796 ;;;***
9797 \f
9798 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9799 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9800 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9801
9802 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9803 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9804 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9805 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9806 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9807 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9808 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9809 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9810 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9811 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9812 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9813
9814 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9815 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9816 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9817 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9818
9819 ;;;***
9820 \f
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9822 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9824
9825 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9826 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9827
9828 ;;;***
9829 \f
9830 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9831 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9833
9834 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9835 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9836 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9837 followed by the first character of the construct.
9838 \\<m2-mode-map>
9839 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9840 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9841 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9842 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9843 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9844 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9845 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9846 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9847 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9848 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9849 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9850 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9851 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9852 \\[m2-link] link
9853
9854 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9855 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9856 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9857
9858 ;;;***
9859 \f
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9861 ;;;;;; 2283))
9862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9863
9864 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9865 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9866 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9867 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9868
9869 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9870
9871 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9872
9873 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9874
9875 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9876 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9877 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9878 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9879 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9880 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9881
9882 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9883 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9884 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9885 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9886
9887 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9888 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9889
9890 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9891 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9892
9893 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9894
9895 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9896 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9897 primary selection and region." t nil)
9898
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9903
9904 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9905 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9906
9907 ;;;***
9908 \f
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9911
9912 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9913 Toggle msb-mode.
9914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9915 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9916
9917 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9918
9919 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9920
9921 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9922 Toggle Msb mode.
9923 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9924 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9925 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9926
9927 ;;;***
9928 \f
9929 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9930 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9931 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9932 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
9933 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14529 14422))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9935
9936 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9937 Display a list of all character sets.
9938
9939 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
9940 for internal Emacs use.
9941
9942 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
9943 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
9944 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
9945 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
9946 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
9947
9948 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
9949 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
9950 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
9951 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
9952
9953 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9954 but still shows the full information." t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
9957 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9958 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
9959 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
9960 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
9961
9962 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
9963 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
9964 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
9965 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
9966 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
9967
9968 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
9969 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
9970
9971 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9972 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
9973
9974 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
9975 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
9976
9977 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
9978 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
9979 at the place of `..':
9980 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
9981 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
9982 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
9983 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
9984 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
9985 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
9986 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9987 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
9988 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9989 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
9990 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
9991 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
9992 `default-process-coding-system' for read
9993 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
9994 `default-process-coding-system' for write
9995 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
9998 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10001 Display a list of all coding systems.
10002 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10003
10004 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10005 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10008 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10009
10010 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10011 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10012
10013 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10014 Display information of FONTSET.
10015 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10016 contained in FONTSET.
10017
10018 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10019 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10020 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10021 frame.
10022
10023 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10024 o -- font already opened
10025 - -- font not yet opened
10026 x -- font can't be opened
10027 ? -- no font specified
10028
10029 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10030 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10033 Display a list of all fontsets.
10034 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10035 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10036 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10039 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10040
10041 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10042 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10043
10044 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10045 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10046 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10047 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10050 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10051 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10052
10053 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10054 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10055 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10056
10057 ;;;***
10058 \f
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10060 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10061 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10062 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10063 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10064 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10065 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
10066 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10067
10068 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10069 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10070 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10071
10072 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10073
10074 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10075
10076 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10077 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10078
10079 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10080 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10081 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10082 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10083 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10084
10085 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10086 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10087 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10088 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10089 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10090
10091 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10092 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10093
10094 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10095
10096 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10097
10098 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10099 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10100 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10101 is considered.
10102 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10103 longer than KEYSEQ.
10104 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10105
10106 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10107 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10108 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10109 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10110 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10111 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10112 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10113 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10114 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10115 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10116 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10117
10118 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10119 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10122 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10123
10124 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10125 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10126
10127 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10128 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10129
10130 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10131 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10132
10133 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10134 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10135 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10136 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10137
10138 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10139 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10140 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10141 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10142
10143 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10144 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10145 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10146 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10147
10148 ;;;***
10149 \f
10150 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10152
10153 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10154 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10155
10156 ;;;***
10157 \f
10158 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10159 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10160 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
10161 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
10163
10164 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10165 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10168 Ping HOST.
10169 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10170 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10173 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10174
10175 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10176
10177 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10178 Run netstat program." t nil)
10179
10180 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10181 Run the arp program." t nil)
10182
10183 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10184 Run the route program." t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10187 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10190 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10191
10192 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10193 Run dig program." t nil)
10194
10195 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10196 Run ftp program." t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10199 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10202 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10203 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10204 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10209 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10212 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10213
10214 ;;;***
10215 \f
10216 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10217 ;;;;;; 49432))
10218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10219
10220 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10221 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10222 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10223 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10224 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10225 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10230 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10232
10233 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10234 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10235
10236 ;;;***
10237 \f
10238 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10239 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10241
10242 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10243 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10244 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10245
10246 ;;;***
10247 \f
10248 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10249 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10251
10252 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10253 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10254
10255 ;;;***
10256 \f
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10258 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10260
10261 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10262 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10263
10264 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10265 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10266
10267 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10268 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10273 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10275
10276 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10277 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10278 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10279
10280 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10281
10282 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10283 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10284 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10285 to future sessions." t nil)
10286
10287 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10288 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10289 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10290 to future sessions." t nil)
10291
10292 ;;;***
10293 \f
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10295 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10297
10298 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10299 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10300 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10301 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10302 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10303 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10304
10305 ;;;***
10306 \f
10307 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10308 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10310
10311 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10312 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10313 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10314 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10315 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10316
10317 ;;;***
10318 \f
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10320 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10322
10323 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10324 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10325 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10326
10327 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10328
10329 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10330 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10331
10332 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10333 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10334 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10335
10336 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10337
10338 ;;;***
10339 \f
10340 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10341 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10343
10344 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10345 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10346
10347 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10348 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10349 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10350 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10351
10352 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10353 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10354 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10355 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10356 is why you need this mode!).
10357
10358 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10359 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10360 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10361
10362 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10363
10364 Keybindings
10365 ===========
10366
10367 \\{octave-mode-map}
10368
10369 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10370 ==============================================
10371
10372 octave-auto-indent
10373 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10374 Default is nil.
10375
10376 octave-auto-newline
10377 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10378 Default is nil.
10379
10380 octave-blink-matching-block
10381 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10382 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10383
10384 octave-block-offset
10385 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10386 Default is 2.
10387
10388 octave-continuation-offset
10389 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10390 Default is 4.
10391
10392 octave-continuation-string
10393 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10394 Default is a backslash.
10395
10396 octave-mode-startup-message
10397 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10398 Default is t.
10399
10400 octave-send-echo-input
10401 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10402 command to the inferior Octave process.
10403
10404 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10405 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10406 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10407
10408 octave-send-echo-input
10409 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10410
10411 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10412
10413 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10414 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10415
10416 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10417 (setq auto-mode-alist
10418 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10419
10420 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10421 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10422
10423 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10424 (lambda ()
10425 (abbrev-mode 1)
10426 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10427 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10428 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10429
10430 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10431 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10432 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10433 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10434
10435 ;;;***
10436 \f
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10438 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10440
10441 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10442 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10443
10444 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10445 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10446 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10447 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10448 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10449
10450 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10451
10452 ;;;***
10453 \f
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10455 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10457
10458 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10459 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10460 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10461 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10462
10463 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10464 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10465 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10466 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10467
10468 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10469 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10470 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10471 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10472 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10473 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10474
10475 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10476 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10477
10478 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10479 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10480 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10481 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10482 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10483 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10484 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10485 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10486 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10487 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10488 The subheadings remain visible.
10489 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10490
10491 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10492 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10493 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10494
10495 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10496 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10499 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10500 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10501 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10502
10503 ;;;***
10504 \f
10505 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10506 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10508
10509 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10510 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10511 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10512 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10514 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10515
10516 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10517
10518 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10519
10520 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10521 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10522 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10523 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10524
10525 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10526 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10527
10528 ;;;***
10529 \f
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10531 ;;;;;; 63078))
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10533
10534 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10535 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10536 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10537
10538 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10539 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10540
10541 Other useful functions are:
10542
10543 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10544 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10545 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10546 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10547 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10548 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10549 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10550 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10551 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10552
10553 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10554
10555 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10556 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10557 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10558 Indentation for case statements.
10559 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10560 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10561 mark after an end.
10562 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10563 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10564 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10565 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10566 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10567 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10568 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10569 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10570 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10571 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10572
10573 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10574 pascal-separator-keywords.
10575
10576 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10577 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10578
10579 ;;;***
10580 \f
10581 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10582 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10584
10585 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10586 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10587 The keys affected are:
10588 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10589 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10590 M-Backspace does undo.
10591 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10592 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10593 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10594
10595 ;;;***
10596 \f
10597 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10598 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10600
10601 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10602 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10603
10604 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10605
10606 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10607 which modify the status of the mark.
10608
10609 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10610 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10611
10612 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10613 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10614
10615 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10616 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10617 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10618 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10619 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10620
10621 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10622 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10623
10624 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10625 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10626 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10627
10628 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10629 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10630 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10631
10632 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10633 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10634
10635 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10636 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10637 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10638
10639 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10640 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10641 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10642
10643 F6 other-window
10644 DELETE delete-char
10645 C-DELETE kill-line
10646 M-DELETE kill-word
10647 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10648 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10649 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10650
10651 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10652 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10653 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10654 and cursor movement commands.
10655 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10656 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10657
10658 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10659
10660 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10661
10662 ;;;***
10663 \f
10664 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10665 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10667
10668 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10669 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10670 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10671 Tab indents for Perl code.
10672 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10673 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10674 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10675 \\{perl-mode-map}
10676 Variables controlling indentation style:
10677 perl-tab-always-indent
10678 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10680 perl-tab-to-comment
10681 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10682 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10683 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10684 perl-nochange
10685 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10686 perl-indent-level
10687 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10688 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10689 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10690 perl-continued-statement-offset
10691 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10692 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10693 perl-continued-brace-offset
10694 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10695 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10696 perl-brace-offset
10697 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10698 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10699 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10700 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10701 perl-label-offset
10702 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10703
10704 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10705 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10706 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10707 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10708 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10709 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10710 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10711
10712 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10713
10714 ;;;***
10715 \f
10716 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10717 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10719
10720 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10721 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10722 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10723 afterwards settable by these commands:
10724 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10725 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10726 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10727 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10728 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10729 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10730 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10731 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10732 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10733 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10734 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10735 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10736 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10737 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10738 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10739 with these commands:
10740 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10741 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10742 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10743 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10744 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10745 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10746 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10747 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10748 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10749 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10750 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10751 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10752 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10753 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10754 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10755 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10756 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10757 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10758 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10759 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10760 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10761 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10762 text is saved in the kill ring.
10763 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10764 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10765 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10766 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10767 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10768 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10769 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10770 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10771 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10772 commands if invoked soon enough.
10773 You can return to the previous mode with:
10774 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10775 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10776
10777 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10778
10779 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10780 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10781
10782 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
10788
10789 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
10790 Play pong and waste time.
10791 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
10792 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
10793
10794 pong-mode keybindings:
10795 \\<pong-mode-map>
10796
10797 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
10798
10799 ;;;***
10800 \f
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10802 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
10803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10804
10805 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10806 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10807 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10808 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10809 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10810
10811 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10812 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10813 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10814 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10815 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10816
10817 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10818 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10819 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10820 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10821
10822 ;;;***
10823 \f
10824 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10825 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10827
10828 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10829 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10830 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10831 Commands:
10832 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10833 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10834 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10835
10836 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10837 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10838
10839 ;;;***
10840 \f
10841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10842 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10843
10844 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10845 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10846 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10847
10848 ;;;***
10849 \f
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10851 ;;;;;; 3795))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10853
10854 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10855 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10856
10857 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10858
10859 The following variables hold user options, and can
10860 be set through the `customize' command:
10861
10862 ps-mode-auto-indent
10863 ps-mode-tab
10864 ps-mode-paper-size
10865 ps-mode-print-function
10866 ps-run-prompt
10867 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10868 ps-run-x
10869 ps-run-dumb
10870 ps-run-init
10871 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10872 ps-run-tmp-dir
10873
10874 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10875
10876
10877 \\{ps-mode-map}
10878
10879
10880 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10881 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10882 The keymap for this second window is:
10883
10884 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10885
10886
10887 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10888 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10889 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10890 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10891 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10892 " t nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
10897 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
10898 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
10899 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
10901
10902 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
10903 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
10904
10905 Valid values are:
10906
10907 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
10908 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
10909 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
10910 changed by setting the variable
10911 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
10912 The initial value of this variable is
10913 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
10914 documentation).
10915
10916 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
10917 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
10918 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
10919 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
10920 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
10921 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
10922 test it.
10923
10924 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
10925 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
10926 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
10927 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
10928 source file. BDF fonts are included in
10929 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
10930 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
10931 use this value, be sure to have installed
10932 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
10933 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
10934 documentation of this variable).
10935
10936 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
10937 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
10938 characters. This is convenient when you want or
10939 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
10940 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
10941 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
10942
10943 Any other value is treated as nil.")
10944
10945 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
10946 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
10947 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
10948
10949 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10950
10951 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
10952 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
10953
10954 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
10955
10956 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10957
10958 Returns the value:
10959
10960 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10961
10962 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10963 the sequence." nil nil)
10964
10965 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
10966 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
10967
10968 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
10969 composition.
10970
10971 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
10972
10973 Returns the value:
10974
10975 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
10976
10977 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
10978 the sequence." nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
10981 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
10982
10983 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
10984 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
10985 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
10986
10987 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
10988
10989 ;;;***
10990 \f
10991 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
10992 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
10993 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
10994 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
10995 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
10996 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14454 86))
10997 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
10998
10999 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11000 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11001 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11002 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11003
11004 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11005 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11008 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11009
11010 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11011 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11012 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11013
11014 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11015 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11016 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11019 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11020 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11021 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11022 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11023
11024 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11025 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11026 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11027
11028 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11029 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11030 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11031 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11032 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11035 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11036 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11037 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11038
11039 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11040
11041 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11042 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11043 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11044 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11045 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11046
11047 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11050 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11051 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11052
11053 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11054
11055 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11056 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11057 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11058 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11059 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11060
11061 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11062
11063 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11064 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11065
11066 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11067 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11068 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11069
11070 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11071 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11072 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11073
11074 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11075 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11076 using the current ps-print setup.
11077 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11078 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11079
11080 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11081 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11082 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11085 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11086 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11087
11088 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11089 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11090
11091 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11092 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11093
11094 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11095 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11096
11097 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11098
11099 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11100
11101 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11102 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11103
11104 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11105 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11106
11107 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11108
11109 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11110
11111 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11112
11113 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11114 foreground and background colors respectively.
11115
11116 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11117 bold - use bold font.
11118 italic - use italic font.
11119 underline - put a line under text.
11120 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11121 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11122 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11123 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11124 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11125
11126 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11127
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11131 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11132 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11133 ;;;;;; (14423 51000))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11135
11136 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11137 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11138 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11139
11140 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11141 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11142 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11143 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11144 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11145 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11146 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11147
11148 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11149 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11150 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11151 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11152 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11153 shown.
11154 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11155
11156 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11157
11158 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11159 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11160 command to be called.
11161
11162 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11163 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11164 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11165 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11166
11167 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11168 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11169 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11170 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11171 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11172 to t.
11173
11174 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11175 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11176 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11177 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11178
11179 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11180 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11181 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11182 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11183
11184 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11185 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11186 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11187 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11188 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11189 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11190
11191 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11192 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11193 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11194 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11195 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11196 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11197
11198 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11199 covers Quail translation region.
11200
11201 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11202 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11203 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11204 for it) is inserted.
11205
11206 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11207 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11208 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11209
11210 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11211 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11212 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11213
11214 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11215 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11216
11217 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11218 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11219 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11220 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11221 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11222
11223 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11224 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11225 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11226 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11227 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11228 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11229 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11230 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11231 for the translation.
11232 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11233
11234 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11235 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11236
11237 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11238 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11239
11240 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11241 which to install MAP.
11242
11243 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11244
11245 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11246 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11247 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11248 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11249 a function, or a cons.
11250 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11251 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11252 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11253 for the translation.
11254 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11255 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11256 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11257 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11258 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11259
11260 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11261 it is used to handle KEY.
11262
11263 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11264 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11265 current Quail package.
11266
11267 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11268 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11269
11270 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11271 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11272
11273 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11274 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11275 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11276 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11277 of the Emacs source tree.
11278
11279 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11280 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11281
11282 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11283 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11284 of each directory." t nil)
11285
11286 ;;;***
11287 \f
11288 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11289 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11290 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14495 17990))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
11292
11293 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11294 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11295 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11296 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11297
11298 To make use of this do something like:
11299
11300 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11301
11302 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11303
11304 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11305
11306 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11307 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11308
11309 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11310 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11311
11312 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11313 is decided." t nil)
11314
11315 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11318 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11319
11320 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11321 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11322
11323 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11324 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11325
11326 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11327
11328 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11329
11330 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11331 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11332
11333 ;;;***
11334 \f
11335 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
11336 ;;;;;; 16808))
11337 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
11338
11339 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11340 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11341 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11346 ;;;;;; (14536 1936))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11348
11349 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11350 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11351
11352 ;;;***
11353 \f
11354 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11355 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14533
11356 ;;;;;; 31505))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11358
11359 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11360 Toggle recentf mode.
11361 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11362 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11363
11364 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11365 were operated on recently." t nil)
11366
11367 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11368 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11369
11370 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11371 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11374 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11375
11376 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11377 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11378
11379 ;;;***
11380 \f
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
11382 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
11383 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
11384 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11386
11387 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11388 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11389 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11390 spaces and tab.
11391
11392 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11393 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11394
11395 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11396 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11397 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11398 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11399 ends.
11400
11401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11402 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11403 to be deleted." t nil)
11404
11405 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11406 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11407 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11408
11409 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11410 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11411 deleted." nil nil)
11412
11413 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11414 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11415 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11416
11417 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11418 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11419
11420 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11421 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11422
11423 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11424 deleted." t nil)
11425
11426 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11427 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11430 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11431 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11432 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11433 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11434 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11435 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11436
11437 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11438 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11439
11440 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11441 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11442
11443 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11444 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11445 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11446 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11447
11448 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11449 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11450 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11451 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11452 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11453
11454 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11455 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11456
11457 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11458 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11459
11460 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11461 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11462 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11463
11464 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11465 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11466 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11467
11468 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11469 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11470 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11471
11472 ;;;***
11473 \f
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11475 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11477
11478 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11479 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11480
11481 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11482 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11483
11484 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11485 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11486
11487 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11488 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11489 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11490 \\ref macro.
11491
11492 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11493 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11494 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11495
11496 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11497 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11498 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11499
11500 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11501 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11502
11503 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11504 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11505
11506 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11507 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11508 on the menu bar.
11509
11510 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11511
11512 ;;;***
11513 \f
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11515 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11517
11518 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11519 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11520 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11521 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11522 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11523 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11524
11525 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11526
11527 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11528
11529 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11530 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11531 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11532 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11533
11534 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11535 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11536 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11537 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11538
11539 ;;;***
11540 \f
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11542 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11544
11545 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11546 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11547 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11548
11549 To insert new phrases, use
11550 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11551 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11552
11553 To index phrases use one of:
11554
11555 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11556 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11557 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11558 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11559 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11560
11561 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11562 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11563
11564 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11565
11566 Here are all local bindings.
11567
11568 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11569
11570 ;;;***
11571 \f
11572 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11573 ;;;;;; (14535 45202))
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11575
11576 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11577 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11578 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11579 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11580 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11581 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11582
11583 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11584 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11585
11586 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11587 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11588 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11589 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11590
11591 ;;;***
11592 \f
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11595
11596 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11597 Repeat most recently executed command.
11598 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11599 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11600 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11601
11602 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11603 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11604 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11609 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11611
11612 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11613 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11614
11615 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11616 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11617 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11618
11619 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11620 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11621 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11622 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11623 left after that text.
11624
11625 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11626 is non-nil.
11627
11628 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11629 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11630 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11631 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11636 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11638
11639 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11640 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11641 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11642 visibility of comments that precede it.
11643 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11644 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11645 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11646 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11647 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11648 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11649 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11650 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11651 the comment lines.
11652 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11653 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11654 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11655 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11656 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11657 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11658
11659 ;;;***
11660 \f
11661 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11662 ;;;;;; 50658))
11663 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11664
11665 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11666 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11671 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11673
11674 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11675 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11676
11677 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11678 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (14495 17992))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
11684 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11685
11686 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11687 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11688 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11689 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11690
11691 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11692
11693 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11694 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11695 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11696 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11697
11698 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11699 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11700
11701 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11702 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11703
11704 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11705 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11706 INPUT-ARGS.
11707
11708 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11709 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11710 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11711 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11712 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11713
11714 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11715 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11716 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11717 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11718
11719 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11720 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11721 variable." t nil)
11722
11723 ;;;***
11724 \f
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11726 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
11727 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
11728 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
11729 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
11730 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14525 4986))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11732
11733 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11734 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11735 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11736 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11737
11738 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11739 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11740 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11741 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11742 value is the user's name.)
11743 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11744
11745 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11746 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11747 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11748 which normally happens once for each message,
11749 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11750 To make a change in this variable take effect
11751 for a message that you have already viewed,
11752 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11753
11754 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11755 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11756 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11757 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11758
11759 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11760 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11761
11762 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11763 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11764 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11765 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11766
11767 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11768 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11769
11770 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11771 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11772
11773 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11774 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11775 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11776 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11777 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11778
11779 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11780 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
11781
11782 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
11783 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
11784
11785 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
11786 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
11787
11788 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
11789 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
11790
11791 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
11792 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
11793
11794 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
11795 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
11796
11797 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
11798 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
11799
11800 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
11801 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
11802 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
11803 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
11804
11805 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
11806 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
11807
11808 This is set to nil by default.")
11809
11810 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
11811 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
11812 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
11813 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
11814 until a user explicitly requires it.")
11815
11816 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
11817 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
11818
11819 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
11820 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
11821 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
11822 this feature is required with `require'.")
11823
11824 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
11825 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
11826 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
11827 the message is decoded as normal way.
11828
11829 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
11830 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
11831 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
11832
11833 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
11834 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11835 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11836
11837 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11838 Read and edit incoming mail.
11839 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11840 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11841 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11842
11843 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11844 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11845 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11846 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11847
11848 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11849
11850 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11851 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11852 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11853 Instead, these commands are available:
11854
11855 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11856 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11857 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11858 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11859 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11860 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11861 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11862 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11863 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11864 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11865 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11866 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11867 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11868 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11869 till a deleted message is found.
11870 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11871 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11872 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11873 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11874 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11875 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11876 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11877 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11878 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11879 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11880 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11881 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11882 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11883 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11884 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11885 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11886 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
11887 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
11888 (label defaults to last one specified).
11889 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
11890 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
11891 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
11892 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
11893 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
11894 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
11895 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
11896 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
11897 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
11898
11899 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
11900 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
11901
11902 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
11903 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
11904
11905 ;;;***
11906 \f
11907 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
11908 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
11910
11911 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
11912 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
11913
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
11917 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
11918 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
11920
11921 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11922 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11923 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11924
11925 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
11926 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
11927 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
11928
11929 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
11930
11931 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11932 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
11933 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11934 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11935 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
11938 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
11939 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
11940 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
11941 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
11942
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
11946 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
11948
11949 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
11950 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
11951 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
11952 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
11953
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
11957 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
11958 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
11960
11961 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
11962 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
11963 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
11964 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
11965 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
11966 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
11967 a file name as a string.")
11968
11969 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
11970 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
11971 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
11972 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
11973 buffer visiting that file.
11974 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
11975 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
11976
11977 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
11978 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11979
11980 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11981 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
11982
11983 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
11984 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
11985
11986 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
11987 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
11988 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
11989 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
11990 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
11991
11992 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
11993 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
11994 will be appended with their original headers.
11995
11996 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
11997 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
11998
11999 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12000 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12001
12002 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12003
12004 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12005 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12006 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12007
12008 ;;;***
12009 \f
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12011 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12012 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12013 ;;;;;; 26387))
12014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12015
12016 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12017 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12018 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12019
12020 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12021 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12022 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12025 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12026 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12027
12028 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12029 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12030 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12031
12032 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12033 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12034 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12035
12036 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12037 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12038 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12041 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12042 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12043 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12044
12045 ;;;***
12046 \f
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
12048 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
12049 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
12050 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
12051 ;;;;;; (14418 7508))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12053
12054 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12055 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12056
12057 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12058 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12059
12060 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12061 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12064 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12065 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12066
12067 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12068 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12069 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12070 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12071 only look in the To and From fields.
12072 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12073
12074 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12075 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12076 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12077 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12078 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12079
12080 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12081 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12082 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12083 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12084 look in the whole message.
12085 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12086
12087 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12088 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12089 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12090
12091 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12092 *Function to decode summary-line.
12093
12094 By default, `identity' is set.")
12095
12096 ;;;***
12097 \f
12098 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12099 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12101
12102 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12103 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12104 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12105 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12106
12107 ;;;***
12108 \f
12109 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12110 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12111 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12112
12113 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12114 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12115 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12116
12117 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12118 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12119
12120 ;;;***
12121 \f
12122 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12123 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12124 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12125 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12127
12128 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12129 *This variable is obsolete.")
12130
12131 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12132
12133 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12134
12135 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12136 *This variable is obsolete.")
12137
12138 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12139 *This variable is obsolete.")
12140
12141 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12142 *This variable is obsolete.")
12143
12144 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12145 *This variable is obsolete.")
12146
12147 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12148 *This variable is obsolete.")
12149
12150 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12151 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12152
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12156 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12158
12159 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12160 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12161 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12162
12163 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12164 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12165 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12166 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12167 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12168 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12169
12170 Commands:
12171 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12172 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12173 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12174 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12175 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12176
12177 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12178 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12179 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12180
12181 Commands:
12182 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12183 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12184 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12185 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12186 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12187 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12188
12189 ;;;***
12190 \f
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12192 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12194
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12196 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12197 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12198
12199 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12200
12201 ;;;***
12202 \f
12203 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12204 ;;;;;; 55098))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12206
12207 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12208 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12209 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12210 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12211
12212 Interesting variables:
12213
12214 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12215 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12216
12217 scribe-electric-quote
12218 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12219
12220 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12221 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12222 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12227 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12228 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12229 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12230 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14532 62968))
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12232
12233 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12234 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12235
12236 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12237 king@grassland.com
12238 If `parens', they look like:
12239 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12240 If `angles', they look like:
12241 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12242 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12243 derived from the envelope-from address.
12244
12245 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12246 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12247 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12248 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12249
12250 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12251 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12252 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12253
12254 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12255 is a privileged operation.")
12256
12257 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12258 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12259 This is done when the message is initialized,
12260 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12261
12262 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12263 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12264 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12265
12266 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12267 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12268
12269 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12270 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12271 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12272 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12273
12274 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12275 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12276
12277 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12278 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12279 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12280
12281 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12282 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12283 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12284 when you first send mail.")
12285
12286 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12287 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12288 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12289 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12290 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12291
12292 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12293 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12294 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12295 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12296 This file need not actually exist.")
12297
12298 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12299 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12300 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12301 If a string, that string is inserted.
12302 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12303 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12304 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12305 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12306
12307 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12308 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12309 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12310 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12311 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12312 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12313 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12314 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12315 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12316 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12317 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12318 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12319 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12320
12321 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12322 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12323 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12324 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12325 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12326 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12327
12328 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12329 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12330 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12331
12332 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12333 User should not set this variable manually,
12334 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12335 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12336 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12337 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12338
12339 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12340 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12341 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12342 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12343
12344 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12345 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12346
12347 \\<mail-mode-map>
12348 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12349
12350 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12351 to move to message header fields:
12352 \\{mail-mode-map}
12353
12354 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12355 when the message is initialized.
12356
12357 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12358 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12359
12360 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12361 is inserted.
12362
12363 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12364 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12365
12366 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12367 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12368
12369 The second through fifth arguments,
12370 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12371 the initial contents of those header fields.
12372 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12373 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12374 original message being replied to, or else an action
12375 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12376 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12377 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12378 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12379 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12380 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12381
12382 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12383 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12384
12385 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12386 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12392
12393 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12394 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12395 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12396 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12397 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12398 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12399
12400 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12401
12402 ;;;***
12403 \f
12404 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12405 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12406 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12407
12408 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12409 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12410 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12411 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12412 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12413
12414 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12415 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12416 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12417
12418 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12419 your `.emacs' file.
12420
12421 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12422
12423 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12424 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12425 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12426
12427 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12428 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12429 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12430 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12431 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12432 which this is based.
12433
12434 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12435
12436 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12437 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12438 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12439 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12440
12441 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12442 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12443 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12444
12445 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12446 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12447 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12448 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12449
12450 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12451 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12452 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12453 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12454
12455 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12456
12457 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12458 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12459 To work around that, do:
12460 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12461
12462 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12463
12464 ;;;***
12465 \f
12466 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12467 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12469
12470 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12471
12472 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12473 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12474 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12475 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12476 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12477 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12478
12479 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12480 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12481 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12482 shell-specific features.
12483
12484 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12485 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12486 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12487
12488 \\[sh-case] case statement
12489 \\[sh-for] for loop
12490 \\[sh-function] function definition
12491 \\[sh-if] if statement
12492 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12493 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12494 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12495 \\[sh-select] select loop
12496 \\[sh-until] until loop
12497 \\[sh-while] while loop
12498
12499 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12500 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12501 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12502 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12503 would indent to the way it currently is.
12504 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12505 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12506
12507
12508 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12509 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12510 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12511 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12512 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12513 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12514
12515 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12516 {, (, [, ', \", `
12517 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12518
12519 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12520 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12521 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12522
12523 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12524 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12525
12526 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12527
12528 ;;;***
12529 \f
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12531 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12533
12534 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12535 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12536
12537 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12538 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12539 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12540 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12541 the earlier.
12542
12543 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12544
12545 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12546
12547 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12548 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12549 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12550
12551 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12552 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12553
12554 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12555 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12556 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12557 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12558 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12559 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12560 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12561 emacs version).
12562
12563 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12564 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12565 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12566 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12567 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12568
12569 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12570 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12571 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12572
12573 ;;;***
12574 \f
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12576 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12578
12579 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12580 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12581 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12582 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12583 shell buffer.
12584
12585 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12586 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12587 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12588
12589 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12590
12591 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12592 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12593 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12594 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12595 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12596 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12597 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12598 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12599 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12600 discards input when it starts up.)
12601 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12602 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12603 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12604
12605 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12606 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12607 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12608 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12609 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12610 `default-process-coding-system'.
12611
12612 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12613 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12614 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12615 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12616
12617 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12618 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12619
12620 ;;;***
12621 \f
12622 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12623 ;;;;;; 23740))
12624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12625
12626 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12627 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12628 \\{simula-mode-map}
12629 Variables controlling indentation style:
12630 simula-tab-always-indent
12631 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12632 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12633 simula-indent-level
12634 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12635 simula-substatement-offset
12636 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12637 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12638 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12639 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12640 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12641 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12642 simula-label-offset -4711
12643 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12644 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12645 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12646 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12647 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12648 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12649 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12650 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12651 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12652 simula-electric-indent nil
12653 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12654 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12655 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12656 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12657 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12658 or nil if they should not be changed.
12659 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12660 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12661 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12662 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12663
12664 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12665 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12666
12667 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12668 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12669 at all." t nil)
12670
12671 ;;;***
12672 \f
12673 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12674 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12675 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12677
12678 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12679 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12680
12681 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12682 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12683 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12684 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12685 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12686
12687 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12688 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12689 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12690 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12691 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12692 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12693 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12694
12695 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12696 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12697 ignored." t nil)
12698
12699 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12700 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12701 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12702 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12703 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12704 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12705 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12706
12707 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12708 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12709 ignored." t nil)
12710
12711 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12712 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12713
12714 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12715 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12716 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12717 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12718
12719 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12720 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12721 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12722 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12723
12724 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12725 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12726 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12727
12728 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12729 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12730
12731 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12732 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12733
12734 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12735 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12736 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12737 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12738 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12739 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12740 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12741 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12742 nil skipped
12743
12744 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12745 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12746 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12747 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12748 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12749 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12750 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12751 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12752
12753 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12754 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12755 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12756 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12757 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12758 available:
12759
12760 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12761 then: insert previously read string once more
12762 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12763 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
12764 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
12765
12766 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
12767 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
12768
12769 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
12770 Insert the character you type ARG times.
12771
12772 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
12773 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
12774 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
12775 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
12776
12777 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
12778 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
12779 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
12780
12781 ;;;***
12782 \f
12783 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415
12784 ;;;;;; 42981))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
12786
12787 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
12788 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
12789 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
12790
12791 ;;;***
12792 \f
12793 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
12794 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
12796
12797 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
12798
12799 ;;;***
12800 \f
12801 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
12802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
12803
12804 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
12805 Play the Snake game.
12806 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
12807
12808 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
12809
12810 snake-mode keybindings:
12811 \\<snake-mode-map>
12812 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
12813 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
12814 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12815 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
12816 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
12817 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
12818 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
12819
12820 " t nil)
12821
12822 ;;;***
12823 \f
12824 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
12825 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
12826 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
12827
12828 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12829 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
12830 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12831 Tab indents for C code.
12832 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12833 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12834 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12835 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
12836 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12839 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
12840 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12841 Tab indents for C code.
12842 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12843 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12844 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12845 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12846 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12847
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12851 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12852 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12854
12855 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12856 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12857
12858 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12859 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12860 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12861
12862 For example, the form
12863
12864 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12865 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12866
12867 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12868
12869 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12870 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12871
12872 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12873 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12874 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12875 York City.
12876
12877 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12878
12879 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12880 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12881
12882 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12883 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12884 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12885 York City.
12886
12887 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12888
12889 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
12890 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
12891 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
12892 pair.
12893
12894 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12895
12896 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
12897 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
12898 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
12899
12900 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
12901 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
12902
12903 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
12904
12905 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
12906 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
12907 Requires floating point." nil nil)
12908
12909 ;;;***
12910 \f
12911 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
12912 ;;;;;; 20348))
12913 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
12914
12915 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
12916 Play Solitaire.
12917
12918 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
12919 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
12920 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
12921 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
12922 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
12923 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
12924 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
12925 check after each move or undo)
12926
12927 What is Solitaire?
12928
12929 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
12930 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
12931 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
12932
12933 Le Solitaire
12934 ============
12935
12936 o o o
12937
12938 o o o
12939
12940 o o o o o o o
12941
12942 o o o . o o o
12943
12944 o o o o o o o
12945
12946 o o o
12947
12948 o o o
12949
12950 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
12951 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
12952 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
12953 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
12954
12955 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
12956 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
12957 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
12958 this: o o .
12959
12960 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
12961 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
12962
12963 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
12964
12965 o o o
12966
12967 . o o
12968
12969 o o . o o o o
12970
12971 o . o o o o o
12972
12973 o o o o o o o
12974
12975 o o o
12976
12977 o o o
12978
12979 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
12980
12981 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
12982
12983 ;;;***
12984 \f
12985 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
12986 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
12987 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
12989
12990 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
12991 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
12992 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
12993
12994 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
12995 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
12996 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
12997 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
12998 contiguous.
12999
13000 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13001 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13002 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13003 the sort order.
13004
13005 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13006 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13007
13008 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13009 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13010 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13011 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13012 is called.
13013
13014 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13015 It should move point to the end of the record.
13016
13017 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13018 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13019 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13020 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13021 starts at the beginning of the record.
13022
13023 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13024 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13025 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13026
13027 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13028 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13029 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13030 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13031 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13032 the sort order." t nil)
13033
13034 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13035 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13036 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13037 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13038 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13039 the sort order." t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13042 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13043 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13044 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13045 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13046 the sort order." t nil)
13047
13048 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13049 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13050 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13051 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13052 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13053 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13054 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13055 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13056 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13057
13058 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13059 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13060 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13061 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13062 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13063 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13064 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13065 the sort order." t nil)
13066
13067 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13068 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13069 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13070 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13071 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13072 is to be used for sorting.
13073 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13074 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13075 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13076 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13077 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13078
13079 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13080
13081 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13082 the sort order.
13083
13084 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13085 starting with the letter \"f\",
13086 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13087
13088 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13089 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13090 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13091 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13092 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13093 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13094 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13095 the sort order.
13096
13097 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13098 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13099 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13100 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13101 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13102
13103 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13104 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13105 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13106
13107 ;;;***
13108 \f
13109 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13110 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13112
13113 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13114
13115 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13116 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13117 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13118 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13119 supported at a time.
13120 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13121 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13122
13123 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13124 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13125 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13126 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13127
13128 ;;;***
13129 \f
13130 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13131 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13133
13134 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13135
13136 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13137 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13138 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13139 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13140 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13141 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13142
13143 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13144 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13145 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13146 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13147
13148 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13149 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13150 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13151 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13152 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13153
13154 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13155 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13156
13157 ;;;***
13158 \f
13159 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13160 ;;;;;; 43485))
13161 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13162
13163 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13164 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13165
13166 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13167 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13168
13169 ;;;***
13170 \f
13171 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13172 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13174
13175 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13176 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13177
13178 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13179 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13180
13181 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13182
13183 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13184
13185 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13186
13187 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13188 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13189 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13190 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13191 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13192 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13193 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13194
13195 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13196
13197 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13198 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13199 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13200 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13201
13202 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13203 entry function you want to use regularly:
13204
13205 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13206
13207 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13208 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13209 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13210 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13211
13212 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13213 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13214 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13215
13216 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13217 Major mode to edit SQL.
13218
13219 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13220 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13221 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13222
13223 \\{sql-mode-map}
13224 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13225
13226 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13227 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13228 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13229 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13230 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13231 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13232
13233 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13234 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13235
13236 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13237 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13238
13239 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13240 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13241 `*SQL*'.
13242
13243 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13244 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13245
13246 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13247 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13248
13249 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13250 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13251 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13252 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13253 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13254 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13255 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13256 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13257
13258 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13259 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13260
13261 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13262
13263 ;;;***
13264 \f
13265 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13266 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13267 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13268 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13270
13271 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13272 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13273
13274 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13275 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13276 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13277 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13278 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13279 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13280
13281 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13282
13283 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13284 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13285 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13286 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13287 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13288 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13289 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13290
13291 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13292 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13293 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13294 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13295 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13296 then complete the stroke with button3.
13297 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13298
13299 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13300 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13301 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13302
13303 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13304 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13305 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13306
13307 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13308 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13309
13310 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13311
13312 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13313 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13314
13315 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13316 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13317
13318 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13319
13320 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13321 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13322 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13323 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13324 mode in all buffers when activated.
13325 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13326 new strokes with
13327
13328 > M-x global-set-stroke
13329
13330 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13331 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13332 strokes with
13333
13334 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13335 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13336
13337 ;;;***
13338 \f
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13340 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
13341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13342
13343 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13344 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13345 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13346 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13347 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13348 original message but it does require a few things:
13349
13350 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13351
13352 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13353 reply buffer.
13354
13355 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13356 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13357 original message.
13358
13359 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13360
13361 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13362
13363 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13364 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13365 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13366
13367 ;;;***
13368 \f
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13371
13372 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13373 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13374 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13375 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13376 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13377
13378 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13379 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13380 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13381 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13382 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13383 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13384 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13385
13386 ;;;***
13387 \f
13388 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13389 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13390
13391 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13392 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13393
13394 ;;;***
13395 \f
13396 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13398
13399 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13400 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13401 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13402 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13403 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13404 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13405 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13406
13407 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13408 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13409 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13410 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13411
13412 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13413 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13414
13415 ;;;***
13416 \f
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13418 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13420
13421 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13422 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13423 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13424 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13425 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13426 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13427
13428 Variables controlling indentation style:
13429 tcl-indent-level
13430 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13431 tcl-continued-indent-level
13432 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13433
13434 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13435 documentation for details):
13436 tcl-tab-always-indent
13437 Controls action of TAB key.
13438 tcl-auto-newline
13439 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13440 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13441 tcl-electric-hash-style
13442 Controls action of `#' key.
13443 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13444 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13445 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13446 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13447 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13448 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13449
13450 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13451 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13452 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13453 already exist.
13454
13455 Commands:
13456 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13457
13458 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13459 Run inferior Tcl process.
13460 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13461 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13462
13463 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13464 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13465 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13466
13467 ;;;***
13468 \f
13469 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
13471 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13472
13473 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13474 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13475 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13476 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13477 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13478 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13479 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13480 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13481
13482 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13483 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13484 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13485 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13486
13487 ;;;***
13488 \f
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13490 ;;;;;; 17354))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13492
13493 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13494 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13495 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13496 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13497 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13498 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13499
13500 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13501 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13502
13503 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13504 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13505
13506 ;;;***
13507 \f
13508 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13509 ;;;;;; 10588))
13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13511
13512 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13513 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13514 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13515 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13516 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13517 program as keyboard input.
13518
13519 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13520 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13521 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13522 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13523
13524 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13525 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13526 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13527 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13528 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13529
13530 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13531
13532 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13533 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13534 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13535 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13536
13537 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13538 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13539 subprocess started." t nil)
13540
13541 ;;;***
13542 \f
13543 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13545
13546 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13547 Play the Tetris game.
13548 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13549 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13550 as to form complete rows.
13551
13552 tetris-mode keybindings:
13553 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13554 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13555 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13556 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13557 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13558 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13559 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13560 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13561 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13562
13563 " t nil)
13564
13565 ;;;***
13566 \f
13567 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13568 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13569 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13570 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13571 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13572 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13573 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13574 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13576
13577 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13578 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13579
13580 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13581 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13582 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13583 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13584 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13585
13586 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13587 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13588 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13589 if it matches the first line of the file,
13590 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13591
13592 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13593 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13594 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13595 if the variable is non-nil.")
13596
13597 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13598 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13599
13600 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13601 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13602 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13603 See the documentation of that variable.")
13604
13605 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13606 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13607 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13608 See the documentation of that variable.")
13609
13610 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13611 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13612 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13613 See the documentation of that variable.")
13614
13615 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13616 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13617 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13618 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13619
13620 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13621 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13622 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13623
13624 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13625 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13626 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13627 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13628
13629 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13630 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13631 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13632 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13633
13634 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13635 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13636 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13637 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13638
13639 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13640 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13641 for example,
13642
13643 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13644 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13645
13646 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13647 use.")
13648
13649 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13650 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13651 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13652 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13653
13654 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13655 window system being used. For example,
13656
13657 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13658 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13659
13660 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13661 otherwise.")
13662
13663 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13664 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13665 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13666
13667 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13668 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13669 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13670 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13671 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13672
13673 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13674 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13675
13676 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13677 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13678
13679 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13680 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13681 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13682 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13683 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13684 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13685 says which mode to use." t nil)
13686
13687 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13688
13689 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13690
13691 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13692
13693 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13694 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13695 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13696 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13697 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13698
13699 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13700 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13701 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13702 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13703 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13704 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13705 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13706
13707 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13708 mismatched $'s or braces.
13709
13710 Special commands:
13711 \\{tex-mode-map}
13712
13713 Mode variables:
13714 tex-run-command
13715 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13716 tex-directory
13717 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13718 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13719 tex-dvi-print-command
13720 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13721 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13722 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13723 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13724 tex-dvi-view-command
13725 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13726 tex-show-queue-command
13727 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13728 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13729
13730 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13731 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13732 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13733
13734 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13735 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13736 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13737 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13738 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13739
13740 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13741 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13742 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13743 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13744 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13745 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13746 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13747
13748 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13749 mismatched $'s or braces.
13750
13751 Special commands:
13752 \\{tex-mode-map}
13753
13754 Mode variables:
13755 latex-run-command
13756 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13757 tex-directory
13758 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13759 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13760 tex-dvi-print-command
13761 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13762 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13763 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13764 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13765 tex-dvi-view-command
13766 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13767 tex-show-queue-command
13768 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13769 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13770
13771 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
13772 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
13773 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13776 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
13777 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13778 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13779 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13780
13781 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13782 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13783 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13784 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13785 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13786 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13787 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13788
13789 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13790 mismatched $'s or braces.
13791
13792 Special commands:
13793 \\{tex-mode-map}
13794
13795 Mode variables:
13796 slitex-run-command
13797 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13798 tex-directory
13799 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
13800 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13801 tex-dvi-print-command
13802 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13803 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13804 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13805 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13806 tex-dvi-view-command
13807 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13808 tex-show-queue-command
13809 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13810 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13811
13812 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13813 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
13814 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
13815 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13816
13817 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
13818
13819 ;;;***
13820 \f
13821 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
13822 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
13823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
13824
13825 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
13826 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
13827 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13828 name specified in the @setfilename command.
13829
13830 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
13831 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
13832 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
13835 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
13836 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
13837 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
13838 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
13839
13840 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
13841 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
13842 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13843 names specified in the @setfilename command.
13844
13845 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
13846 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13847 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13848 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13849
13850 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13851 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13852
13853 ;;;***
13854 \f
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13856 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13858
13859 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13860 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13861
13862 It has these extra commands:
13863 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13864
13865 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13866 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13867 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13868 modified version of TeX input format.
13869
13870 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13871 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13872 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13873 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13874
13875 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13876 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13877 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13878 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13879 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13880 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13881 in the Texinfo file.
13882
13883 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13884 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13885 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13886 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
13887 move forward past the closing brace.
13888
13889 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
13890 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
13891
13892 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
13893 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
13894 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
13895
13896 Here are the functions:
13897
13898 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
13899 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13900 texinfo-sequential-node-update
13901
13902 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13903 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13904 texinfo-master-menu
13905
13906 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13907
13908 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13909 which menu descriptions are indented.
13910
13911 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
13912 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
13913 in the region.
13914
13915 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
13916 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
13917 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
13918 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
13919
13920 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
13921 be the first node in the file.
13922
13923 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
13924 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
13925
13926 ;;;***
13927 \f
13928 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
13929 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
13930 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
13932
13933 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
13934 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13935 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
13936
13937 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
13938 keybindings, are:
13939
13940 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
13941 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13942 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
13943
13944 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
13945 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
13946 texinfo-master-menu ()
13947
13948 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
13949
13950 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
13951 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
13952
13953 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13954 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
13955
13956 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
13957 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
13958
13959 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
13960 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
13961 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
13962 `p' takes you straight through the file.
13963
13964 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
13965 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
13966 marked region.
13967
13968 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
13969 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
13970 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
13971 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
13972
13973 ;;;***
13974 \f
13975 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
13976 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
13977 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
13978 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
13979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
13980
13981 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
13982 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
13985 Compose Thai characters in the region.
13986 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13987 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
13990 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
13991
13992 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
13993 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
13994
13995 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
13996
13997 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
13998 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
13999 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14000 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14001 to compose.
14002
14003 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14004
14005 ;;;***
14006 \f
14007 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14008 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14009 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14010 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14011
14012 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14013 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14014
14015 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14016 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14017 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14018 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14019 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14020
14021 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14022 a symbol as a valid THING.
14023
14024 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14025 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14026
14027 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14028 Return the THING at point.
14029 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14030 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14031 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14032
14033 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14034 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14035
14036 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14037
14038 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14039
14040 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14041
14042 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14043
14044 ;;;***
14045 \f
14046 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14047 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14048 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14049 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14050 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
14051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14052
14053 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14054
14055 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14056 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14057 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14058
14059 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14060 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14063 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14064 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14065
14066 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14067 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14068
14069 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14070 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14071
14072 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14073
14074 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14075
14076 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14079 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14080 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14083 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14084 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14089
14090 ;;;***
14091 \f
14092 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14093 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14095
14096 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14097 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14098 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14099 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14100 parameters.
14101 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14102
14103 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14104 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14105 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14106 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14107 parameters.
14108 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14109
14110 ;;;***
14111 \f
14112 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14113 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14115
14116 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14117 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14119 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14120
14121 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14122
14123 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14124
14125 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14126 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14127
14128 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14129 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14130 This display updates automatically every minute.
14131 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14132 are displayed as well.
14133 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14134
14135 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14136 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14137 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14138
14139 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14140 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14141 are displayed as well.
14142 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14143
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14147 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14149
14150 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14151 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14152 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14153 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14154 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14155 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14156 look like one of the following:
14157 Time-stamp: <>
14158 Time-stamp: \" \"
14159 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14160 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14161 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14162 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14163 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14164 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14165 template." t nil)
14166
14167 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14168 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14169 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14170
14171 ;;;***
14172 \f
14173 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14174 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14175 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14177
14178 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14179
14180 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14181 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14182
14183 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14184 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14187 Perform an action at time TIME.
14188 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14189 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14190 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14191 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14192 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14193 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14194
14195 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14196
14197 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14198 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14199 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14200 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14201 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14202
14203 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14204
14205 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14206 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14207 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14208 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14209
14210 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14211 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14212 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14213 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14214 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14215
14216 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14217 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14218
14219 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14220 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14221 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14222 The call should look like:
14223 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14224 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14225 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14226 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14227 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14228
14229 ;;;***
14230 \f
14231 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14232 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14234
14235 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14236 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14237 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14238 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14241 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14242 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14243 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14244 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14245 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14246 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14247
14248 ;;;***
14249 \f
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14251 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14253 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14254 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14255 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14256
14257 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14258 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14259 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14260 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14261 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14264 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14265 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14266 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14267 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14268
14269 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14270 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14271 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14272 in the menu in two ways:
14273 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14274 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14275 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14276
14277 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14278 keymap or an alist of alists.
14279 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14280 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14281
14282 ;;;***
14283 \f
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14285 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14287
14288 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14289 Mode for tooltip display.
14290 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14291
14292 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14293 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14295 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14296
14297 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14298
14299 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14300
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14304 ;;;;;; 63726))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14306
14307 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14308
14309 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14310
14311 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14312 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14313
14314 ;;;***
14315 \f
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14317 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14319
14320 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14321 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14322
14323 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14324 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14325
14326 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14327 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14328
14329 ;;;***
14330 \f
14331 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14333
14334 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14335 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14336 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14337 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14338 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14339
14340 ;;;***
14341 \f
14342 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14343 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14345
14346 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14347 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14348
14349 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14350 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14351 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14352 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14353 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14354 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14355 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14356 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14357
14358 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14359 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14360 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14361 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14362 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14363 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14364 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14365
14366 ;;;***
14367 \f
14368 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14369 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14370 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14371 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14372 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14373 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14374
14375 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14376 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14377 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14378 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14379 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14380 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14381 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14382
14383 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14384 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14385 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14386 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14387
14388 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14389
14390 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14391 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14392 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14393 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14394 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14395 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14396 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14397
14398 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14399 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14400
14401 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14402 \\___/\\
14403 / \\
14404 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14405
14406 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14407
14408 ;;;***
14409 \f
14410 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14411 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14412 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14413 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14415
14416 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14417 Toggle typing break mode.
14418 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14420 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14421
14422 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14423
14424 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14425
14426 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14427 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14428
14429 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14430 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14431
14432 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14433 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14434 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14435
14436 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14437 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14438
14439 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14440 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14441 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14442
14443 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14444 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14445 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14446 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14447 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14448 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14449
14450 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14451 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14452 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14453 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14454
14455 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14456 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14457
14458 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14459 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14460
14461 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14462 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14463 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14464
14465 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14466 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14467 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14468 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14469 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14470 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14471 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14472
14473 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14474 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14475
14476 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14477 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14478 reset the keystroke counter.
14479
14480 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14481 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14482 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14483 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14484
14485 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14486 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14487 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14488 `type-break-schedule' command.
14489
14490 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14491 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14492 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14493 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14494 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14495 or not to continue.
14496
14497 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14498 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14499 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14500 approximate good values for this.
14501
14502 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14503 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14504
14505 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14506 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14507 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14508 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14509 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14510 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14511
14512 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14513 a typing break occur. They include:
14514
14515 `type-break-query-mode'
14516 `type-break-query-function'
14517 `type-break-query-interval'
14518
14519 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14520
14521 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14522 Take a typing break.
14523
14524 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14525 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14526
14527 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14528 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14529
14530 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14531 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14532 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14533 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14534
14535 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14536 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14537
14538 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14539 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14540 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14541 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14542 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14543 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14544 average typing speed.)
14545
14546 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14547 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14548 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14549 the computed maximum threshold.
14550
14551 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14552 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14553 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14554 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14555 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14556
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14560 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14562
14563 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14564 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14565 Works by overstriking underscores.
14566 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14567 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14568
14569 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14570 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14571 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14572 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14573
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14577 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14579
14580 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14581 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14582 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14583
14584 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14585 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14586 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14587 following the containing message." t nil)
14588
14589 ;;;***
14590 \f
14591 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14592 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14594
14595 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14596 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14597 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14598 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14599 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14600 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14601
14602 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14603 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14604
14605 ;;;***
14606 \f
14607 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14608 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14610
14611 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14612 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14613 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14614 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14615 to refrain from editing the file
14616 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14617 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14618 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14619 in any way you like." nil nil)
14620
14621 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14622 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14623 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14624 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14625 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14626
14627 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14628 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14629
14630 ;;;***
14631 \f
14632 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14633 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14634 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14635 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14636 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14637 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478
14638 ;;;;;; 52465))
14639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14640
14641 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14642 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14643 See `run-hooks'.")
14644
14645 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14646 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14647 See `run-hooks'.")
14648
14649 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14650 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14651
14652 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14653 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14654 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14655 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14656 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14657 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14658
14659 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14660 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14661 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14662 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14663
14664 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14665 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14666 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14667 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14668 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14669 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14670 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14671 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14672 lock steals will raise an error.
14673 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14674
14675 For RCS and SCCS files:
14676 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14677 control.
14678 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14679 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14680 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14681 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14682 it performs a revert.
14683 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14684 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14685 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14686 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14687 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14688 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14689 the option to steal the lock.
14690
14691 For CVS files:
14692 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14693 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14694 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14695 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14696 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14697 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14698 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14699 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14700 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14701
14702 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14703 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14704
14705 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14706 Display diffs between file versions.
14707 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14708 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14709 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14710 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14713 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14714 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14715 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14718 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14719 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14720 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14725 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14726 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14729
14730 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14731 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14732 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14733 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14734 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14737 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14738 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14739 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14740 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14741 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14742 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14745 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14746
14747 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14748 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14749 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14750 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14751 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14752 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14753
14754 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14755 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14756 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14757
14758 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14759 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14762 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14763 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
14764 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
14765 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
14766
14767 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
14768
14769 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
14770 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
14771 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
14772
14773 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
14774 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
14775 default directory." t nil)
14776
14777 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
14778 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
14779 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
14780 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
14781
14782 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
14783 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
14784 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
14785 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
14786
14787 ;;;***
14788 \f
14789 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
14790 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
14791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
14792
14793 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
14794 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
14795
14796 Usage:
14797 ------
14798
14799 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
14800 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
14801 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
14802 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
14803 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
14804 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
14805 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
14806 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
14807 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
14808 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
14809 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14810 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
14811 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
14812 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
14813 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
14814 The following abbreviations can also be used:
14815 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
14816 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
14817 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14818
14819 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
14820 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
14821 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
14822
14823 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
14824 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
14825 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
14826 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
14827 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
14828 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
14829 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
14830 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
14831 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
14832
14833 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
14834 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
14835 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
14836 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
14837 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
14838 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
14839 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
14840 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14841
14842 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14843 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14844 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14845
14846 - COMMENTS:
14847 `--' puts a single comment.
14848 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14849 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14850 comment in between.
14851 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14852 following lines.
14853 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14854 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14855
14856 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14857 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14858 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14859 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14860 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14861 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14862 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14863 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14864 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14865 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14866 multi-line comments.
14867
14868 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14869 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14870 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14871 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14872 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14873 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14874 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14875 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14876 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14877
14878 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14879 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14880 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14881 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14882 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14883 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14884 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14885 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14886 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
14887 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
14888
14889 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
14890 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
14891 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
14892 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
14893 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
14894 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
14895 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
14896 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
14897 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
14898 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
14899 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
14900 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
14901 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
14902
14903 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
14904
14905 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
14906 menu).
14907
14908 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
14909
14910 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
14911 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
14912 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
14913 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
14914 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
14915
14916 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
14917 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
14918 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
14919 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
14920 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
14921 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
14922 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
14923 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
14924 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
14925
14926 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
14927 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
14928 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
14929 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
14930 specified.
14931
14932 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
14933 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
14934 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
14935 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
14936 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
14937 the current directory for VHDL source files.
14938
14939 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
14940 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
14941 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
14942 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
14943 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
14944 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
14945 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
14946 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
14947 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
14948 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
14949 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
14950
14951 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
14952 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
14953 Math Packages.
14954
14955 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
14956 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
14957 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
14958 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
14959 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
14960 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
14961 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
14962 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
14963
14964 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
14965 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
14966 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
14967 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
14968 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
14969 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
14970
14971 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
14972 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
14973 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
14974 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
14975 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
14976
14977 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
14978 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
14979 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
14980 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
14981 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
14982
14983 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
14984 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
14985 highlighted if written in lower case.
14986
14987 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
14988 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
14989 is non-nil.
14990
14991 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
14992 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
14993 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
14994
14995 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
14996 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
14997 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
14998
14999 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15000 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15001 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15002
15003 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15004 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15005 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15006 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15007 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15008 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15009 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15010
15011 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15012 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15013 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15014 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15015 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15016
15017 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15018 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15019 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15020 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15021
15022 - HINTS:
15023 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15024
15025
15026 Maintenance:
15027 ------------
15028
15029 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15030 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15031
15032 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15033
15034 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15035 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15036 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15037 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15038
15039 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15040 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15041 version and release notes can be found.
15042
15043
15044 Bugs and Limitations:
15045 ---------------------
15046
15047 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15048 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15049 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15050 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15051 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15052 does not work under XEmacs.
15053
15054
15055 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15056 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15057
15058 Key bindings:
15059 -------------
15060
15061 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15062
15063 ;;;***
15064 \f
15065 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15067
15068 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15069 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15070 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15071 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15072
15073 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15074 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15075 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15076 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15077 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15078
15079 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15080 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15081
15082 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15083
15084 * Limitations and unsupported features
15085 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15086 not supported.
15087 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15088 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15089
15090 * Modifications
15091 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15092 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15093 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15094 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15095 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15096 for undoing a repeated change command.
15097 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15098 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15099 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15100
15101 * Extensions
15102 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15103 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15104 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15105 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15106 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15107 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15108 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15109 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15110
15111 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15112
15113 ;;;***
15114 \f
15115 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15116 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15117 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15118 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15120
15121 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15122 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15123
15124 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15125 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15126
15127 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15128 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15129 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15130 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15133 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15136 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15137 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15138 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15141 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15142
15143 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15144
15145 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15146
15147 ;;;***
15148 \f
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15150 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15151 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14485
15152 ;;;;;; 65350))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15154
15155 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15156 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15157 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15158 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15159
15160 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15161
15162 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15163 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15164 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15165 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15166 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15167 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15168 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15169
15170 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15171
15172 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15173 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15174 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15175 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15176 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15177 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15178 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15179 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15180
15181 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15184 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15185 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15186 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15187 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15188 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15189 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15190 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15191
15192 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15193
15194 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15195 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15196 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15197 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15198 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15199 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15200 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15201
15202 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15203
15204 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15205 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15206 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15209 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15210 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15212 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15213 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15215 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15216
15217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15218
15219 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15220 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15221 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15222
15223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15224 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15231
15232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15233
15234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15237
15238 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15239 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15240 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15241
15242 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15243 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15244 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15245 read-only.
15246 \\<view-mode-map>
15247 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15248 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15249 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15250 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15251 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15252
15253 H, h, ? This message.
15254 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15255 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15256 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15257 > move to the end of buffer.
15258 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15259 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15260 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15261 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15262 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15263 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15264 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15265 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15266 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15267 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15268 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15269 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15270 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15271 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15272 Use this to view a changing file.
15273 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15274 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15275 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15276 . set the mark.
15277 x exchanges point and mark.
15278 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15279 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15280 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15281 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15282 ' go to position saved in character register.
15283 s do forward incremental search.
15284 r do reverse incremental search.
15285 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15286 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15287 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15288 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15289 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15290 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15291 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15292 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15293 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15294 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15295 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15296 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15297 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15298 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15299 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15300
15301 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15302 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15303 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15304 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15305 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15306 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15307 will return to that buffer.
15308
15309 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15312 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15313 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15314 `view-return-to-alist'.
15315 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15316 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15317 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15318
15319 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15320 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15321 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15322 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15323 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15324 1) nil Do nothing.
15325 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15326 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15327 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15328 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15329
15330 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15331
15332 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15335 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15336
15337 ;;;***
15338 \f
15339 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15341
15342 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15343 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15344
15345 ;;;***
15346 \f
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15348 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15350
15351 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15352 Toggle Viper on/off.
15353 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15354
15355 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15356 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15357
15358 ;;;***
15359 \f
15360 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15361 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
15362
15363 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15364 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15365
15366 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15367 hotlist.
15368
15369 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15370 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15371
15372 ;;;***
15373 \f
15374 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15375 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15376 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15377
15378 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15379 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15381 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15382
15383 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15384
15385 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15386
15387 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15388
15389 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15390 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15391 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15392 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15393
15394 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15395 and off otherwise." t nil)
15396
15397 ;;;***
15398 \f
15399 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15400 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15401 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15403
15404 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15405 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15406
15407 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15408 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15409 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15410 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15411 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15412
15413 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15414 and:
15415 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15416 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15417
15418 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15419 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15420
15421 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15422 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15423
15424 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15425 whitespace problems." t nil)
15426
15427 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15428 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15429
15430 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15431 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15432
15433 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15434 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15435
15436 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15437 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15438 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15439 replaced with TABS).
15440 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15441 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15442
15443 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15444
15445 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15446 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15447
15448 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15449 i - Indentation whitespace.
15450 l - Leading whitespace.
15451 s - Space followed by Tab.
15452 t - Trailing whitespace.
15453
15454 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15455 !<y>.
15456
15457 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15458 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15459 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15460 always they default to 8.)
15461
15462 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15463 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15464 even print it.
15465
15466 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15467 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15468 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15469 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15470 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15471 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15472 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15473 to set smarttab.)
15474
15475 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15476 merge problems.
15477
15478 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15479 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15480 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15481
15482 ;;;***
15483 \f
15484 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15485 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15486 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15487
15488 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15489 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15490
15491 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15492 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15493
15494 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15495 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15496
15497 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15498 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15499 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15500
15501 ;;;***
15502 \f
15503 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15504 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15506
15507 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15508 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15509 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15510
15511 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15512 Create widget of TYPE.
15513 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15514
15515 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15516 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15517
15518 ;;;***
15519 \f
15520 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15521 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15522 ;;;;;; 64331))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15524
15525 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15526 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15527 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15528 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15529 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15530 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15531 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15534 Select the window above the current one.
15535 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15536 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15537 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15538 negative ARG) of the current window.
15539 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15540
15541 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15542 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15543 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15544 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15545 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15546 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15547 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15550 Select the window below the current one.
15551 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15552 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15553 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15554 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15555 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15556
15557 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15558 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15559
15560 ;;;***
15561 \f
15562 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15563 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15565
15566 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15567 Toggle winner-mode.
15568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15569 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15570
15571 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15572
15573 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15574
15575 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15576 Toggle Winner mode.
15577 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15578
15579 ;;;***
15580 \f
15581 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15582 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15584
15585 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15586 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15587
15588 BUGS:
15589 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15590 are not implemented
15591 - Options for search and replace
15592 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15593 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15594
15595 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15596 Emacs-like.
15597
15598 The key bindings are:
15599
15600 C-a backward-word
15601 C-b fill-paragraph
15602 C-c scroll-up-line
15603 C-d forward-char
15604 C-e previous-line
15605 C-f forward-word
15606 C-g delete-char
15607 C-h backward-char
15608 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15609 C-j help-for-help
15610 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15611 C-l ws-repeat-search
15612 C-n open-line
15613 C-p quoted-insert
15614 C-r scroll-down-line
15615 C-s backward-char
15616 C-t kill-word
15617 C-u keyboard-quit
15618 C-v overwrite-mode
15619 C-w scroll-down
15620 C-x next-line
15621 C-y kill-complete-line
15622 C-z scroll-up
15623
15624 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15625 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15626 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15627 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15628 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15629 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15630 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15631 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15632 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15633 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15634 C-k b ws-begin-block
15635 C-k c ws-copy-block
15636 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15637 C-k f find-file
15638 C-k h ws-show-markers
15639 C-k i ws-indent-block
15640 C-k k ws-end-block
15641 C-k p ws-print-block
15642 C-k q kill-emacs
15643 C-k r insert-file
15644 C-k s save-some-buffers
15645 C-k t ws-mark-word
15646 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15647 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15648 C-k v ws-move-block
15649 C-k w ws-write-block
15650 C-k x kill-emacs
15651 C-k y ws-delete-block
15652
15653 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15654 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15655 C-o j justify-current-line
15656 C-o k kill-buffer
15657 C-o l list-buffers
15658 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15659 C-o r set-fill-column
15660 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15661 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15662 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15663 C-o wo other-window
15664 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15665
15666 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15667 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15668 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15669 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15670 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15671 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15672 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15673 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15674 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15675 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15676 C-q a ws-query-replace
15677 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15678 C-q c end-of-buffer
15679 C-q d end-of-line
15680 C-q f ws-search
15681 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15682 C-q l ws-undo
15683 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15684 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15685 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15686 C-q w ws-last-error
15687 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15688 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15689 " t nil)
15690
15691 ;;;***
15692 \f
15693 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15694 ;;;;;; 149))
15695 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15696
15697 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15698 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15699 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15700
15701 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15702
15703 ;;;***
15704 \f
15705 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15706 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15708
15709 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15710 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15713 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15716 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15717 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15718
15719 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15720 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15721
15722 ;;;***
15723 \f
15724 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15725 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15726 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
15727
15728 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15729 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15732 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15733
15734 Zone-mode does two things:
15735
15736 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15737 when saving the file
15738
15739 - fontification" t nil)
15740
15741 ;;;***
15742 \f
15743 ;;; Local Variables:
15744 ;;; version-control: never
15745 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15746 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15747 ;;; End:
15748 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here